src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
  13 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  14
  15 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  16     #pragma hdrstop
  17 #endif
  18
  19 #if wxUSE_GRID
  20
  21 #include "wx/grid.h"
  22
  23 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  24     #include "wx/utils.h"
  25     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  26     #include "wx/settings.h"
  27     #include "wx/log.h"
  28     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  29     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  30     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  31     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  32     #include "wx/intl.h"
  33     #include "wx/math.h"
  34     #include "wx/listbox.h"
  35 #endif
  36
  37 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  38 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  39 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  40 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  41
  42 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  43
  44 const wxChar wxGridNameStr[] = wxT("grid");
  45
  46 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  47     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  48 #else
  49     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  50 #endif
  51
  52 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  53     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  54 #else
  55     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  56 #endif
  57
  58 // Required for wxIs... functions
  59 #include <ctype.h>
  60
  61 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  62 // array classes
  63 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  64
  65 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  66                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  67
  68 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  69 {
  70     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  71         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  72     {
  73     }
  74
  75     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
  76     {
  77         attr->DecRef();
  78     }
  79
  80     wxGridCellCoords coords;
  81     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
  82
  83 // Cannot do this:
  84 //  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellWithAttr)
  85 // without rewriting the macros, which require a public copy constructor.
  86 };
  87
  88 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
  89                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  90
  91 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
  92
  93 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
  94 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
  95
  96 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  97 // events
  98 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  99
 100 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
 101 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 102 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 103 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 104 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 105 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 106 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 107 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 108 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 109 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 110 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 111 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE)
 112 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 113 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 114 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 115 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 116 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 117 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 118
 119 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 120 // private classes
 121 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 122
 123 // common base class for various grid subwindows
 124 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSubwindow : public wxWindow
 125 {
 126 public:
 127     wxGridSubwindow() { m_owner = NULL; }
 128     wxGridSubwindow(wxGrid *owner,
 129                     wxWindowID id,
 130                     const wxPoint& pos,
 131                     const wxSize& size,
 132                     int additionalStyle = 0,
 133                     const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
 134         : wxWindow(owner, id, pos, size,
 135                    wxBORDER_NONE | additionalStyle,
 136                    name)
 137     {
 138         m_owner = owner;
 139     }
 140
 141     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
 142
 143     wxGrid *GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 144
 145 protected:
 146     void OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event);
 147
 148     wxGrid *m_owner;
 149
 150     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 151     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridSubwindow)
 152 };
 153
 154 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 155 {
 156 public:
 157     wxGridRowLabelWindow() { }
 158     wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 159                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 160
 161 private:
 162     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 163     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 164     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 165
 166     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 167     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 168     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 169 };
 170
 171
 172 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 173 {
 174 public:
 175     wxGridColLabelWindow() { }
 176     wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 177                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 178
 179 private:
 180     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 181     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 182     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 183
 184     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 185     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 186     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 187 };
 188
 189
 190 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 191 {
 192 public:
 193     wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { }
 194     wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 195                              const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 196
 197 private:
 198     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 199     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 200     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 201
 202     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 203     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 204     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 205 };
 206
 207 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 208 {
 209 public:
 210     wxGridWindow()
 211     {
 212         m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
 213         m_colLabelWin = NULL;
 214     }
 215
 216     wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
 217                   wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
 218                   wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
 219                   wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 220
 221     void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 222
 223     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return true; }
 224
 225 private:
 226     wxGridRowLabelWindow     *m_rowLabelWin;
 227     wxGridColLabelWindow     *m_colLabelWin;
 228
 229     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 230     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 231     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 232     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 233     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 234     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 235     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 236     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 237
 238     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 239     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 240     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 241 };
 242
 243
 244 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 245 {
 246 public:
 247     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 248         : m_grid(grid),
 249           m_editor(editor),
 250           m_inSetFocus(false)
 251     {
 252     }
 253
 254     void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 255     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 256     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 257
 258     void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; }
 259
 260 private:
 261     wxGrid             *m_grid;
 262     wxGridCellEditor   *m_editor;
 263
 264     // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to
 265     // a combobox within a set focus event.
 266     bool                m_inSetFocus;
 267
 268     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 269     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 270     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 271 };
 272
 273
 274 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 275
 276 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 277     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 278     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 279     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 280 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 281
 282
 283 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 284 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 285 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 286
 287 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 288 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 289 {
 290 public:
 291     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 292     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 293     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 294     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 295
 296 private:
 297     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 298     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 299
 300     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 301 };
 302
 303 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 304 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 305 {
 306 public:
 307     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 308     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {}
 309     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 310
 311     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 312     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 313     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 314
 315 private:
 316     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 317     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 318 };
 319
 320 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 321 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 322 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 323 {
 324 public:
 325     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 326     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 327                            m_colAttrs;
 328 };
 329
 330
 331 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 332 // data structures used for the data type registry
 333 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 334
 335 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 336 {
 337     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 338                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 339                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 340         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 341         {}
 342
 343     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 344     {
 345         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 346         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 347     }
 348
 349     wxString            m_typeName;
 350     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 351     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 352
 353     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 354 };
 355
 356
 357 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 358                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 359
 360
 361 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 362 {
 363 public:
 364   wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 365     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 366
 367     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 368                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 369                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 370
 371     // find one of already registered data types
 372     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 373
 374     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 375     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 376     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 377
 378     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 379     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 380     // registered data type and set params for it
 381     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 382
 383     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 384     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 385
 386 private:
 387     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 388 };
 389
 390
 391 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 392 // conditional compilation
 393 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 394
 395 #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
 396 #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1
 397 #endif
 398
 399 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 400 // globals
 401 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 402
 403 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 404 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 405     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 406     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 407 #endif
 408
 409 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 410 // constants
 411 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 412
 413 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 414 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 415
 416 // scroll line size
 417 // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx
 418 //       calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars
 419 //       sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa
 420 //
 421 //       The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is
 422 //       surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!!
 423 //       -- Robin
 424 //
 425 //       Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs
 426 //       fixing anyhow
 427 //       -- Vadim
 428 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;  // 1;
 429 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 430
 431 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 432 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 433 static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 434
 435 #if 0
 436 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 437 // private functions
 438 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 439
 440 static inline int GetScrollX(int x)
 441 {
 442     return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 443 }
 444
 445 static inline int GetScrollY(int y)
 446 {
 447     return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
 448 }
 449 #endif
 450
 451 // ============================================================================
 452 // implementation
 453 // ============================================================================
 454
 455 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 456 // wxGridCellEditor
 457 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 458
 459 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
 460 {
 461     m_control = NULL;
 462     m_attr = NULL;
 463 }
 464
 465 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
 466 {
 467     Destroy();
 468 }
 469
 470 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
 471                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
 472                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 473 {
 474     if ( evtHandler )
 475         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
 476 }
 477
 478 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
 479                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 480 {
 481     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
 482     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
 483     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
 484     if (gridWindow)
 485         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
 486
 487     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
 488     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
 489     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
 490
 491     // redraw the control we just painted over
 492     m_control->Refresh();
 493 }
 494
 495 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
 496 {
 497     if (m_control)
 498     {
 499         m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ );
 500
 501         m_control->Destroy();
 502         m_control = NULL;
 503     }
 504 }
 505
 506 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 507 {
 508     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 509
 510     m_control->Show(show);
 511
 512     if ( show )
 513     {
 514         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
 515         if ( attr )
 516         {
 517             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
 518             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
 519
 520             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
 521             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
 522
 523 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 524 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 525             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
 526             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
 527 #endif
 528
 529             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
 530             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
 531         }
 532     }
 533     else
 534     {
 535         // restore the standard colours fonts
 536         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
 537         {
 538             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
 539             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
 540         }
 541
 542         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
 543         {
 544             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
 545             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
 546         }
 547
 548 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 549 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 550         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
 551         {
 552             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
 553             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
 554         }
 555 #endif
 556     }
 557 }
 558
 559 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
 560 {
 561     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 562
 563     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
 564 }
 565
 566 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
 567 {
 568     event.Skip();
 569 }
 570
 571 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 572 {
 573     bool ctrl = event.ControlDown();
 574     bool alt  = event.AltDown();
 575
 576 #ifdef __WXMAC__
 577     // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of
 578     // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead.
 579     alt = event.MetaDown();
 580 #endif
 581
 582     // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are
 583     // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them
 584     // through in that case.
 585     if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt))
 586         return false;
 587
 588     int key = 0;
 589     bool keyOk = true;
 590
 591 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
 592     // If it's a F-Key or other special key then it shouldn't start the
 593     // editor.
 594     if (event.GetKeyCode() >= WXK_START)
 595         return false;
 596 #endif
 597 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 598     // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may
 599     // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a
 600     // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but
 601     // don't do anything for function keys or etc.
 602     key = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 603     if (key <= 127)
 604     {
 605         key = event.GetKeyCode();
 606         keyOk = (key <= 127);
 607     }
 608 #else
 609     key = event.GetKeyCode();
 610     keyOk = (key <= 255);
 611 #endif
 612
 613     return keyOk;
 614 }
 615
 616 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 617 {
 618     event.Skip();
 619 }
 620
 621 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
 622 {
 623 }
 624
 625 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 626
 627 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 628 // wxGridCellTextEditor
 629 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 630
 631 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
 632 {
 633     m_maxChars = 0;
 634 }
 635
 636 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 637                                   wxWindowID id,
 638                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 639 {
 640     DoCreate(parent, id, evtHandler);
 641 }
 642
 643 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoCreate(wxWindow* parent,
 644                                     wxWindowID id,
 645                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler,
 646                                     long style)
 647 {
 648     style |= wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER |
 649              wxTE_PROCESS_TAB |
 650              wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL |
 651              wxNO_BORDER;
 652
 653     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
 654                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 655                                style);
 656
 657     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
 658     if ( m_maxChars != 0 )
 659     {
 660         Text()->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
 661     }
 662
 663     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 664 }
 665
 666 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
 667                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
 668 {
 669     // as we fill the entire client area,
 670     // don't do anything here to minimize flicker
 671 }
 672
 673 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
 674 {
 675     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
 676
 677     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins
 678     //
 679     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix
 680     //
 681 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
 682     if (rect.x != 0)
 683     {
 684         rect.x += 1;
 685         rect.y += 1;
 686         rect.width -= 1;
 687         rect.height -= 1;
 688     }
 689 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
 690     if ( rect.x == 0 )
 691         rect.x += 2;
 692     else
 693         rect.x += 3;
 694
 695     if ( rect.y == 0 )
 696         rect.y += 2;
 697     else
 698         rect.y += 3;
 699
 700     rect.width -= 2;
 701     rect.height -= 2;
 702 #else
 703     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 704     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 705
 706     #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 707         extra_x *= 2;
 708         extra_y *= 2;
 709     #endif
 710
 711     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
 712     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
 713     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x );
 714     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y );
 715 #endif
 716
 717     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
 718 }
 719
 720 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 721 {
 722     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 723
 724     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
 725
 726     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
 727 }
 728
 729 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
 730 {
 731     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 732     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 733     Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1);
 734     Text()->SetFocus();
 735 }
 736
 737 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 738 {
 739     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 740
 741     bool changed = false;
 742     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
 743     if (value != m_startValue)
 744         changed = true;
 745
 746     if (changed)
 747         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
 748
 749     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
 750
 751     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
 752     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
 753
 754     return changed;
 755 }
 756
 757 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
 758 {
 759     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 760
 761     DoReset(m_startValue);
 762 }
 763
 764 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
 765 {
 766     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 767     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 768 }
 769
 770 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 771 {
 772     return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event);
 773 }
 774
 775 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 776 {
 777     // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no
 778     // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control.
 779     // Do it ourselves instead.  We know that if we get this far that we have
 780     // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done.
 781
 782     wxTextCtrl* tc = Text();
 783     wxChar ch;
 784     long pos;
 785
 786 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 787     ch = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 788     if (ch <= 127)
 789         ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 790 #else
 791     ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 792 #endif
 793
 794     switch (ch)
 795     {
 796         case WXK_DELETE:
 797             // delete the character at the cursor
 798             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 799             if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition())
 800                 tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1);
 801             break;
 802
 803         case WXK_BACK:
 804             // delete the character before the cursor
 805             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 806             if (pos > 0)
 807                 tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos);
 808             break;
 809
 810         default:
 811             tc->WriteText(ch);
 812             break;
 813     }
 814 }
 815
 816 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
 817                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
 818 {
 819 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
 820     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
 821     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
 822     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
 823     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
 824     Text()->SetValue(s);
 825     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
 826 #else
 827     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
 828     //
 829     event.Skip();
 830 #endif
 831 }
 832
 833 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 834 {
 835     if ( !params )
 836     {
 837         // reset to default
 838         m_maxChars = 0;
 839     }
 840     else
 841     {
 842         long tmp;
 843         if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) )
 844         {
 845             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
 846         }
 847         else
 848         {
 849             wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() );
 850         }
 851     }
 852 }
 853
 854 // return the value in the text control
 855 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
 856 {
 857     return Text()->GetValue();
 858 }
 859
 860 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 861 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
 862 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 863
 864 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
 865 {
 866     m_min = min;
 867     m_max = max;
 868 }
 869
 870 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 871                                     wxWindowID id,
 872                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 873 {
 874 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 875     if ( HasRange() )
 876     {
 877         // create a spin ctrl
 878         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
 879                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 880                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
 881                                    m_min, m_max);
 882
 883         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 884     }
 885     else
 886 #endif
 887     {
 888         // just a text control
 889         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 890
 891 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 892         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
 893 #endif
 894     }
 895 }
 896
 897 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 898 {
 899     // first get the value
 900     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
 901     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 902     {
 903         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
 904     }
 905     else
 906     {
 907         m_valueOld = 0;
 908         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
 909         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
 910         {
 911             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
 912             return;
 913         }
 914     }
 915
 916 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 917     if ( HasRange() )
 918     {
 919         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 920         Spin()->SetFocus();
 921     }
 922     else
 923 #endif
 924     {
 925         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
 926     }
 927 }
 928
 929 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 930                                      wxGrid* grid)
 931 {
 932     bool changed;
 933     long value = 0;
 934     wxString text;
 935
 936 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 937     if ( HasRange() )
 938     {
 939         value = Spin()->GetValue();
 940         changed = value != m_valueOld;
 941         if (changed)
 942             text = wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value);
 943     }
 944     else
 945 #endif
 946     {
 947         text = Text()->GetValue();
 948         changed = (text.empty() || text.ToLong(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld);
 949     }
 950
 951     if ( changed )
 952     {
 953         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER))
 954             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
 955         else
 956             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
 957     }
 958
 959     return changed;
 960 }
 961
 962 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
 963 {
 964 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 965     if ( HasRange() )
 966     {
 967         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 968     }
 969     else
 970 #endif
 971     {
 972         DoReset(GetString());
 973     }
 974 }
 975
 976 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 977 {
 978     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
 979     {
 980         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 981         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
 982              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'))
 983         {
 984             return true;
 985         }
 986     }
 987
 988     return false;
 989 }
 990
 991 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 992 {
 993     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 994     if ( !HasRange() )
 995     {
 996         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')
 997         {
 998             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
 999
1000             // skip Skip() below
1001             return;
1002         }
1003     }
1004 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1005     else
1006     {
1007         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) )
1008         {
1009             wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control;
1010             spin->SetValue(keycode - '0');
1011             spin->SetSelection(1,1);
1012             return;
1013         }
1014     }
1015 #endif
1016
1017     event.Skip();
1018 }
1019
1020 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1021 {
1022     if ( !params )
1023     {
1024         // reset to default
1025         m_min =
1026         m_max = -1;
1027     }
1028     else
1029     {
1030         long tmp;
1031         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1032         {
1033             m_min = (int)tmp;
1034
1035             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1036             {
1037                 m_max = (int)tmp;
1038
1039                 // skip the error message below
1040                 return;
1041             }
1042         }
1043
1044         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1045     }
1046 }
1047
1048 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
1049 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
1050 {
1051     wxString s;
1052
1053 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1054     if ( HasRange() )
1055     {
1056         long value = Spin()->GetValue();
1057         s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1058     }
1059     else
1060 #endif
1061     {
1062         s = Text()->GetValue();
1063     }
1064
1065     return s;
1066 }
1067
1068 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1069 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1070 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1071
1072 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1073 {
1074     m_width = width;
1075     m_precision = precision;
1076 }
1077
1078 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1079                                    wxWindowID id,
1080                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1081 {
1082     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1083
1084 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1085     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1086 #endif
1087 }
1088
1089 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1090 {
1091     // first get the value
1092     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
1093     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1094     {
1095         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1096     }
1097     else
1098     {
1099         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1100         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
1101         if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
1102         {
1103             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1104             return;
1105         }
1106     }
1107
1108     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1109 }
1110
1111 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1112                                      wxGrid* grid)
1113 {
1114     double value = 0.0;
1115     wxString text(Text()->GetValue());
1116
1117     if ( (text.empty() || text.ToDouble(&value)) &&
1118             !wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) )
1119     {
1120         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT))
1121             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1122         else
1123             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
1124
1125         return true;
1126     }
1127
1128     return false;
1129 }
1130
1131 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1132 {
1133     DoReset(GetString());
1134 }
1135
1136 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1137 {
1138     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1139     char tmpbuf[2];
1140     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1141     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1142     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1143
1144 #if wxUSE_INTL
1145     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1146        wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1147 #else
1148     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1149 #endif
1150
1151     if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1152          || is_decimal_point )
1153     {
1154         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1155
1156         // skip Skip() below
1157         return;
1158     }
1159
1160     event.Skip();
1161 }
1162
1163 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1164 {
1165     if ( !params )
1166     {
1167         // reset to default
1168         m_width =
1169         m_precision = -1;
1170     }
1171     else
1172     {
1173         long tmp;
1174         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1175         {
1176             m_width = (int)tmp;
1177
1178             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1179             {
1180                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1181
1182                 // skip the error message below
1183                 return;
1184             }
1185         }
1186
1187         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1188     }
1189 }
1190
1191 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1192 {
1193     wxString fmt;
1194     if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1)
1195     {
1196         // default precision
1197         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1198     }
1199     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1)
1200     {
1201         // default width
1202         fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1203     }
1204     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 )
1205     {
1206         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1207     }
1208     else
1209     {
1210         // default width/precision
1211         fmt = _T("%f");
1212     }
1213
1214     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1215 }
1216
1217 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1218 {
1219     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1220     {
1221         const int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1222         if ( isascii(keycode) )
1223         {
1224             char tmpbuf[2];
1225             tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1226             tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1227             wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1228
1229 #if wxUSE_INTL
1230             const wxString decimalPoint =
1231                 wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER);
1232 #else
1233             const wxString decimalPoint(_T('.'));
1234 #endif
1235
1236             // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1237             if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) ||
1238                     tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1239                         keycode == decimalPoint ||
1240                             keycode == '+' ||
1241                                 keycode == '-' )
1242             {
1243                 return true;
1244             }
1245         }
1246     }
1247
1248     return false;
1249 }
1250
1251 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1252
1253 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1254
1255 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1256 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1257 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1258
1259 // the default values for GetValue()
1260 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::ms_stringValues[2] = { _T(""), _T("1") };
1261
1262 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1263                                   wxWindowID id,
1264                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1265 {
1266     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1267                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1268                                wxNO_BORDER);
1269
1270     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1271 }
1272
1273 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1274 {
1275     bool resize = false;
1276     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1277     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1278
1279     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1280     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1281     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1282     {
1283         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1284         size = sizeBest;
1285
1286         resize = true;
1287     }
1288
1289     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1290     {
1291         // leave 1 pixel margin
1292         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1293
1294         resize = true;
1295     }
1296
1297     if ( resize )
1298     {
1299         m_control->SetSize(size);
1300     }
1301
1302     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1303
1304 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1305     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1306     // so shift it to the right
1307     size.x -= 8;
1308 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1309     // here too, but in other way
1310     size.x += 1;
1311     size.y -= 2;
1312 #endif
1313
1314     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1315     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1316     if (GetCellAttr())
1317         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1318
1319     int x = 0, y = 0;
1320     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1321     {
1322         x = r.x + 2;
1323
1324 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1325         x += 2;
1326 #endif
1327
1328         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1329     }
1330     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1331     {
1332         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1333         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1334     }
1335     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1336     {
1337         x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
1338         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1339     }
1340
1341     m_control->Move(x, y);
1342 }
1343
1344 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1345 {
1346     m_control->Show(show);
1347
1348     if ( show )
1349     {
1350         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1351         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1352     }
1353 }
1354
1355 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1356 {
1357     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1358                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1359
1360     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1361     {
1362         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1363     }
1364     else
1365     {
1366         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1367
1368         if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[false] )
1369             m_startValue = false;
1370         else if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[true] )
1371             m_startValue = true;
1372         else
1373         {
1374             // do not try to be smart here and convert it to true or false
1375             // because we'll still overwrite it with something different and
1376             // this risks to be very surprising for the user code, let them
1377             // know about it
1378             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("invalid value for a cell with bool editor!") );
1379         }
1380     }
1381
1382     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1383     CBox()->SetFocus();
1384 }
1385
1386 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1387                                    wxGrid* grid)
1388 {
1389     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1390                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1391
1392     bool changed = false;
1393     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1394     if ( value != m_startValue )
1395         changed = true;
1396
1397     if ( changed )
1398     {
1399         wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1400         if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
1401             table->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1402         else
1403             table->SetValue(row, col, GetValue());
1404     }
1405
1406     return changed;
1407 }
1408
1409 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1410 {
1411     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1412                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1413
1414     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1415 }
1416
1417 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1418 {
1419     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1420 }
1421
1422 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1423 {
1424     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1425     {
1426         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1427         switch ( keycode )
1428         {
1429             case WXK_SPACE:
1430             case '+':
1431             case '-':
1432                 return true;
1433         }
1434     }
1435
1436     return false;
1437 }
1438
1439 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1440 {
1441     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1442     switch ( keycode )
1443     {
1444         case WXK_SPACE:
1445             CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1446             break;
1447
1448         case '+':
1449             CBox()->SetValue(true);
1450             break;
1451
1452         case '-':
1453             CBox()->SetValue(false);
1454             break;
1455     }
1456 }
1457
1458 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
1459 {
1460   return ms_stringValues[CBox()->GetValue()];
1461 }
1462
1463 /* static */ void
1464 wxGridCellBoolEditor::UseStringValues(const wxString& valueTrue,
1465                                       const wxString& valueFalse)
1466 {
1467     ms_stringValues[false] = valueFalse;
1468     ms_stringValues[true] = valueTrue;
1469 }
1470
1471 /* static */ bool
1472 wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(const wxString& value)
1473 {
1474     return value == ms_stringValues[true];
1475 }
1476
1477 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1478
1479 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1480
1481 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1482 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
1483 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1484
1485 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
1486                                                bool allowOthers)
1487     : m_choices(choices),
1488       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
1489
1490 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
1491                                                const wxString choices[],
1492                                                bool allowOthers)
1493                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
1494 {
1495     if ( count )
1496     {
1497         m_choices.Alloc(count);
1498         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
1499         {
1500             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
1501         }
1502     }
1503 }
1504
1505 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
1506 {
1507     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
1508     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
1509     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
1510
1511     return editor;
1512 }
1513
1514 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1515                                     wxWindowID id,
1516                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1517 {
1518     int style = wxBORDER_NONE;
1519     if (!m_allowOthers)
1520         style |= wxCB_READONLY;
1521     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1522                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1523                                m_choices, style );
1524
1525     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1526 }
1527
1528 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1529                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
1530 {
1531     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
1532     // flicker
1533
1534     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
1535     // combo always defaults to the standard.  Until someone has time to
1536     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way.
1537     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
1538 }
1539
1540 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1541 {
1542     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1543                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1544
1545     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL;
1546     if (m_control)
1547         evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler);
1548
1549     // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit
1550     if (evtHandler)
1551         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true);
1552
1553     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1554
1555     if (m_allowOthers)
1556     {
1557         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1558         Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1559     }
1560     else // the combobox is read-only
1561     {
1562         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
1563         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
1564         if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND)
1565             pos = 0;
1566         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
1567     }
1568
1569     Combo()->SetFocus();
1570
1571     if (evtHandler)
1572     {
1573         // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event
1574         // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet.
1575 #if !defined(__WXGTK20__)
1576         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false);
1577 #endif
1578     }
1579 }
1580
1581 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1582                                      wxGrid* grid)
1583 {
1584     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
1585     if ( value == m_startValue )
1586         return false;
1587
1588     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1589
1590     return true;
1591 }
1592
1593 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
1594 {
1595     Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1596     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1597 }
1598
1599 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1600 {
1601     if ( !params )
1602     {
1603         // what can we do?
1604         return;
1605     }
1606
1607     m_choices.Empty();
1608
1609     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
1610     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1611     {
1612         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
1613     }
1614 }
1615
1616 // return the value in the text control
1617 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
1618 {
1619   return Combo()->GetValue();
1620 }
1621
1622 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1623
1624 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1625 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
1626 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1627
1628 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
1629 {
1630     // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it
1631     if (m_inSetFocus)
1632         return;
1633
1634     // accept changes
1635     m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1636
1637     event.Skip();
1638 }
1639
1640 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
1641 {
1642     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1643     {
1644         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1645             m_editor->Reset();
1646             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1647             break;
1648
1649         case WXK_TAB:
1650             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
1651             break;
1652
1653         case WXK_RETURN:
1654         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1655             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1656                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
1657             break;
1658
1659         default:
1660             event.Skip();
1661             break;
1662     }
1663 }
1664
1665 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
1666 {
1667     int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow();
1668     int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol();
1669     wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col );
1670     int cw, ch;
1671     m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
1672
1673     // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible
1674     bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw);
1675
1676     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1677     {
1678         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1679         case WXK_TAB:
1680         case WXK_RETURN:
1681         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1682             break;
1683
1684         case WXK_HOME:
1685         {
1686             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1687             {
1688                 // no special processing needed...
1689                 event.Skip();
1690                 break;
1691             }
1692
1693             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1694
1695             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1696             int colXPos = 0;
1697             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1698             {
1699                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1700             }
1701
1702             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1703             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1704             if (col != 0)
1705             {
1706                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1707             }
1708             else
1709             {
1710                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1711             }
1712             event.Skip();
1713             break;
1714         }
1715
1716         case WXK_END:
1717         {
1718             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1719             {
1720                 // no special processing needed...
1721                 event.Skip();
1722                 break;
1723             }
1724
1725             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1726
1727             int textWidth = 0;
1728             wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col);
1729             if ( wxEmptyString != value )
1730             {
1731                 // get width of cell CONTENTS (text)
1732                 int y;
1733                 wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col);
1734                 m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font);
1735
1736                 // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling
1737                 int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
1738
1739                 // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far,
1740                 // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar
1741                 // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction?
1742                 textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2));
1743                 if ( textWidth < 0 )
1744                 {
1745                     textWidth = 0;
1746                 }
1747             }
1748
1749             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1750             int colXPos = 0;
1751             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1752             {
1753                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1754             }
1755
1756             // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents
1757             // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents
1758             colXPos += textWidth;
1759
1760             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1761             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1762             m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1763             event.Skip();
1764             break;
1765         }
1766
1767         default:
1768             event.Skip();
1769             break;
1770     }
1771 }
1772
1773 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1774 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
1775 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
1776 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1777
1778 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
1779 {
1780     // nothing to do
1781 }
1782
1783 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
1784 {
1785 }
1786
1787 // ============================================================================
1788 // renderer classes
1789 // ============================================================================
1790
1791 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1792 // wxGridCellRenderer
1793 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1794
1795 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1796                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1797                               wxDC& dc,
1798                               const wxRect& rect,
1799                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1800                               bool isSelected)
1801 {
1802     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxSOLID );
1803
1804     // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
1805     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1806     {
1807         if ( isSelected )
1808         {
1809             wxColour clr;
1810             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
1811                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
1812             else
1813                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
1814             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(clr, wxSOLID) );
1815         }
1816         else
1817         {
1818             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
1819         }
1820     }
1821     else
1822     {
1823         dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxSOLID));
1824     }
1825
1826     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1827     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
1828 }
1829
1830 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1831 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
1832 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1833
1834 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid,
1835                                                      const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1836                                                      wxDC& dc,
1837                                                      bool isSelected)
1838 {
1839     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
1840
1841     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
1842
1843     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
1844     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1845     {
1846         if ( isSelected )
1847         {
1848             wxColour clr;
1849             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
1850                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
1851             else
1852                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
1853             dc.SetTextBackground( clr );
1854             dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
1855         }
1856         else
1857         {
1858             dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
1859             dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
1860         }
1861     }
1862     else
1863     {
1864         dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
1865         dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
1866     }
1867
1868     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
1869 }
1870
1871 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1872                                                wxDC& dc,
1873                                                const wxString& text)
1874 {
1875     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
1876     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
1877     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
1878     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1879     {
1880         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
1881         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
1882     }
1883
1884     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
1885
1886     return wxSize(max_x, y);
1887 }
1888
1889 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1890                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1891                                              wxDC& dc,
1892                                              int row, int col)
1893 {
1894     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
1895 }
1896
1897 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1898                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1899                                     wxDC& dc,
1900                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1901                                     int row, int col,
1902                                     bool isSelected)
1903 {
1904     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1905     rect.Inflate(-1);
1906
1907     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
1908     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1909
1910     int hAlign, vAlign;
1911     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1912
1913     int overflowCols = 0;
1914
1915     if (attr.GetOverflow())
1916     {
1917         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
1918         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
1919         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
1920         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0
1921         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
1922         {
1923             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
1924             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
1925             {
1926                 bool is_empty = true;
1927                 for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
1928                 {
1929                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
1930                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
1931                     if (c_rows > 0)
1932                         c_rows = 0;
1933                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i))
1934                     {
1935                         is_empty = false;
1936                         break;
1937                     }
1938                 }
1939
1940                 if (is_empty)
1941                 {
1942                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
1943                 }
1944                 else
1945                 {
1946                     i--;
1947                     break;
1948                 }
1949
1950                 if (rect.width >= best_width)
1951                     break;
1952             }
1953
1954             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
1955             if (overflowCols >= cols)
1956                 overflowCols = cols - 1;
1957         }
1958
1959         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
1960         {
1961             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
1962             wxRect clip = rect;
1963             clip.x += rectCell.width;
1964             // draw each overflow cell individually
1965             int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols;
1966             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
1967                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
1968             for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
1969             {
1970                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1971                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1972                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
1973
1974                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
1975                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
1976
1977                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1978                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1979                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1980             }
1981
1982             rect = rectCell;
1983             rect.Inflate(-1);
1984             rect.width++;
1985             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1986         }
1987     }
1988
1989     // now we only have to draw the text
1990     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1991
1992     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1993                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1994 }
1995
1996 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1997 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
1998 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1999
2000 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2001 {
2002     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2003     wxString text;
2004     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
2005     {
2006         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
2007     }
2008     else
2009     {
2010         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2011     }
2012
2013     return text;
2014 }
2015
2016 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2017                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2018                                     wxDC& dc,
2019                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
2020                                     int row, int col,
2021                                     bool isSelected)
2022 {
2023     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2024
2025     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2026
2027     // draw the text right aligned by default
2028     int hAlign, vAlign;
2029     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2030     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2031
2032     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2033     rect.Inflate(-1);
2034
2035     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2036 }
2037
2038 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2039                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2040                                              wxDC& dc,
2041                                              int row, int col)
2042 {
2043     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2044 }
2045
2046 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2047 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
2048 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2049
2050 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
2051 {
2052     SetWidth(width);
2053     SetPrecision(precision);
2054 }
2055
2056 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
2057 {
2058     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
2059     renderer->m_width = m_width;
2060     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
2061     renderer->m_format = m_format;
2062
2063     return renderer;
2064 }
2065
2066 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2067 {
2068     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2069
2070     bool hasDouble;
2071     double val;
2072     wxString text;
2073     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
2074     {
2075         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
2076         hasDouble = true;
2077     }
2078     else
2079     {
2080         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2081         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
2082     }
2083
2084     if ( hasDouble )
2085     {
2086         if ( !m_format )
2087         {
2088             if ( m_width == -1 )
2089             {
2090                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
2091                 {
2092                     // default width/precision
2093                     m_format = _T("%f");
2094                 }
2095                 else
2096                 {
2097                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
2098                 }
2099             }
2100             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
2101             {
2102                 // default precision
2103                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
2104             }
2105             else
2106             {
2107                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
2108             }
2109         }
2110
2111         text.Printf(m_format, val);
2112
2113     }
2114     //else: text already contains the string
2115
2116     return text;
2117 }
2118
2119 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2120                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2121                                    wxDC& dc,
2122                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
2123                                    int row, int col,
2124                                    bool isSelected)
2125 {
2126     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2127
2128     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2129
2130     // draw the text right aligned by default
2131     int hAlign, vAlign;
2132     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2133     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2134
2135     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2136     rect.Inflate(-1);
2137
2138     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2139 }
2140
2141 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2142                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2143                                             wxDC& dc,
2144                                             int row, int col)
2145 {
2146     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2147 }
2148
2149 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
2150 {
2151     if ( !params )
2152     {
2153         // reset to defaults
2154         SetWidth(-1);
2155         SetPrecision(-1);
2156     }
2157     else
2158     {
2159         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
2160         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2161         {
2162             long width;
2163             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
2164             {
2165                 SetWidth((int)width);
2166             }
2167             else
2168             {
2169                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2170             }
2171         }
2172
2173         tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
2174         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2175         {
2176             long precision;
2177             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
2178             {
2179                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
2180             }
2181             else
2182             {
2183                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2184             }
2185         }
2186     }
2187 }
2188
2189 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2190 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
2191 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2192
2193 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
2194
2195 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
2196
2197 // between checkmark and box
2198 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
2199
2200 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2201                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
2202                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
2203                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
2204                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
2205 {
2206     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
2207     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
2208     {
2209         // get checkbox size
2210         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
2211         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
2212         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
2213
2214 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2215         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
2216 #endif
2217
2218         delete checkbox;
2219
2220         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
2221     }
2222
2223     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
2224 }
2225
2226 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2227                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2228                                   wxDC& dc,
2229                                   const wxRect& rect,
2230                                   int row, int col,
2231                                   bool isSelected)
2232 {
2233     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
2234
2235     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
2236     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
2237
2238     // don't draw outside the cell
2239     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2240     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2241     {
2242         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2243         size.x = size.y = minSize;
2244     }
2245
2246     // draw a border around checkmark
2247     int vAlign, hAlign;
2248     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2249
2250     wxRect rectBorder;
2251     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2252     {
2253         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
2254         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2255         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2256         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2257     }
2258     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2259     {
2260         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2261         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2262         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2263         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2264     }
2265     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2266     {
2267         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2268         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2269         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2270         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2271     }
2272
2273     bool value;
2274     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2275     {
2276         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2277     }
2278     else
2279     {
2280         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2281         value = wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(cellval);
2282     }
2283
2284     int flags = 0;
2285     if (value)
2286         flags |= wxCONTROL_CHECKED;
2287
2288     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawCheckBox( &grid, dc, rectBorder, flags );
2289 }
2290
2291 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2292 // wxGridCellAttr
2293 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2294
2295 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2296 {
2297     m_nRef = 1;
2298
2299     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2300
2301     m_renderer = NULL;
2302     m_editor = NULL;
2303
2304     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2305
2306     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2307     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2308
2309     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2310 }
2311
2312 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2313 {
2314     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2315
2316     if ( HasTextColour() )
2317         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2318     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2319         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2320     if ( HasFont() )
2321         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2322     if ( HasAlignment() )
2323         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2324
2325     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2326
2327     if ( m_renderer )
2328     {
2329         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2330         m_renderer->IncRef();
2331     }
2332     if ( m_editor )
2333     {
2334         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2335         m_editor->IncRef();
2336     }
2337
2338     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2339         attr->SetReadOnly();
2340
2341     attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow );
2342     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2343
2344     return attr;
2345 }
2346
2347 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2348 {
2349     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2350         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2351     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2352         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2353     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2354         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2355     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
2356     {
2357         int hAlign, vAlign;
2358         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2359         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2360     }
2361     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
2362         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2363
2364     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2365     // m_renderer/m_editor
2366     //
2367     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2368     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2369     {
2370         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2371         m_renderer->IncRef();
2372     }
2373     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2374     {
2375         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2376         m_editor->IncRef();
2377     }
2378     if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2379         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2380
2381     if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2382         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2383
2384     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2385 }
2386
2387 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2388 {
2389     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2390
2391     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2392     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2393     // set to negative or zero values such that
2394     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2395     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2396
2397     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2398
2399     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
2400                   !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
2401                   !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
2402                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2403
2404     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2405     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2406 }
2407
2408 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2409 {
2410     if (HasTextColour())
2411     {
2412         return m_colText;
2413     }
2414     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2415     {
2416         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2417     }
2418     else
2419     {
2420         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2421         return wxNullColour;
2422     }
2423 }
2424
2425 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2426 {
2427     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2428     {
2429         return m_colBack;
2430     }
2431     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2432     {
2433         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
2434     }
2435     else
2436     {
2437         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2438         return wxNullColour;
2439     }
2440 }
2441
2442 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
2443 {
2444     if (HasFont())
2445     {
2446         return m_font;
2447     }
2448     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2449     {
2450         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
2451     }
2452     else
2453     {
2454         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2455         return wxNullFont;
2456     }
2457 }
2458
2459 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
2460 {
2461     if (HasAlignment())
2462     {
2463         if ( hAlign )
2464             *hAlign = m_hAlign;
2465         if ( vAlign )
2466             *vAlign = m_vAlign;
2467     }
2468     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2469     {
2470         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2471     }
2472     else
2473     {
2474         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2475     }
2476 }
2477
2478 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
2479 {
2480     if ( num_rows )
2481         *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
2482     if ( num_cols )
2483         *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
2484 }
2485
2486 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
2487 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
2488 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
2489 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
2490 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
2491 // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
2492
2493 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2494 {
2495     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL;
2496
2497     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
2498     {
2499         // use the cells renderer if it has one
2500         renderer = m_renderer;
2501         renderer->IncRef();
2502     }
2503     else // no non-default cell renderer
2504     {
2505         // get default renderer for the data type
2506         if ( grid )
2507         {
2508             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2509             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
2510         }
2511
2512         if ( renderer == NULL )
2513         {
2514             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2515             {
2516                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2517                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2518                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
2519             }
2520             else // default grid attr
2521             {
2522                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
2523                 renderer = m_renderer;
2524                 if ( renderer )
2525                     renderer->IncRef();
2526             }
2527         }
2528     }
2529
2530     // we're supposed to always find something
2531     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
2532
2533     return renderer;
2534 }
2535
2536 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
2537 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2538 {
2539     wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL;
2540
2541     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
2542     {
2543         // use the cells editor if it has one
2544         editor = m_editor;
2545         editor->IncRef();
2546     }
2547     else // no non default cell editor
2548     {
2549         // get default editor for the data type
2550         if ( grid )
2551         {
2552             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2553             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
2554         }
2555
2556         if ( editor == NULL )
2557         {
2558             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2559             {
2560                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2561                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2562                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
2563             }
2564             else // default grid attr
2565             {
2566                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
2567                 editor = m_editor;
2568                 if ( editor )
2569                     editor->IncRef();
2570             }
2571         }
2572     }
2573
2574     // we're supposed to always find something
2575     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
2576
2577     return editor;
2578 }
2579
2580 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2581 // wxGridCellAttrData
2582 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2583
2584 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
2585 {
2586     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2587     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
2588     {
2589         // add the attribute
2590         m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
2591     }
2592     else
2593     {
2594         // free the old attribute
2595         m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr->DecRef();
2596
2597         if ( attr )
2598         {
2599             // change the attribute
2600             m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr;
2601         }
2602         else
2603         {
2604             // remove this attribute
2605             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2606         }
2607     }
2608 }
2609
2610 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
2611 {
2612     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2613
2614     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2615     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2616     {
2617         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
2618         attr->IncRef();
2619     }
2620
2621     return attr;
2622 }
2623
2624 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2625 {
2626     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2627     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2628     {
2629         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2630         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
2631         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
2632         {
2633             if (numRows > 0)
2634             {
2635                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2636                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2637             }
2638             else if (numRows < 0)
2639             {
2640                 // If rows deleted ...
2641                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
2642                 {
2643                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2644                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2645                 }
2646                 else
2647                 {
2648                     // ...or remove the attribute
2649                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2650                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2651                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2652                     n--;
2653                     count--;
2654                 }
2655             }
2656         }
2657     }
2658 }
2659
2660 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2661 {
2662     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2663     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2664     {
2665         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2666         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
2667         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
2668         {
2669             if ( numCols > 0 )
2670             {
2671                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2672                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2673             }
2674             else if (numCols < 0)
2675             {
2676                 // If rows deleted ...
2677                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
2678                 {
2679                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2680                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2681                 }
2682                 else
2683                 {
2684                     // ...or remove the attribute
2685                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2686                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2687                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2688                     n--;
2689                     count--;
2690                 }
2691             }
2692         }
2693     }
2694 }
2695
2696 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
2697 {
2698     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2699     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2700     {
2701         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2702         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
2703         {
2704             return n;
2705         }
2706     }
2707
2708     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2709 }
2710
2711 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2712 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
2713 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2714
2715 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
2716 {
2717     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2718     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2719     {
2720         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2721     }
2722 }
2723
2724 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
2725 {
2726     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2727
2728     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2729     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2730     {
2731         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
2732         attr->IncRef();
2733     }
2734
2735     return attr;
2736 }
2737
2738 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
2739 {
2740     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2741     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
2742     {
2743         if ( attr )
2744         {
2745             // add the attribute
2746             m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
2747             m_attrs.Add(attr);
2748         }
2749         // nothing to remove
2750     }
2751     else
2752     {
2753         size_t n = (size_t)i;
2754         if ( attr )
2755         {
2756             // change the attribute
2757             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2758             m_attrs[n] = attr;
2759         }
2760         else
2761         {
2762             // remove this attribute
2763             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2764             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2765             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2766         }
2767     }
2768 }
2769
2770 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
2771 {
2772     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2773     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2774     {
2775         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
2776         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
2777         {
2778             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
2779             {
2780                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2781                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2782             }
2783             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
2784             {
2785                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
2786                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
2787                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2788                 else
2789                 {
2790                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2791                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2792                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2793                     n--;
2794                     count--;
2795                 }
2796             }
2797         }
2798     }
2799 }
2800
2801 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2802 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
2803 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2804
2805 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2806 {
2807     m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL;
2808 }
2809
2810 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2811 {
2812     delete m_data;
2813 }
2814
2815 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
2816 {
2817     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
2818 }
2819
2820 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
2821                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
2822 {
2823     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2824     if ( m_data )
2825     {
2826         switch (kind)
2827         {
2828             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
2829                 // Get cached merge attributes.
2830                 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
2831                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
2832                 if (!attr)
2833                 {
2834                     // Basically implement old version.
2835                     // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
2836                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2837                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2838                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2839
2840                     if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
2841                     {
2842                         // Two or more are non NULL
2843                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
2844                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
2845
2846                         // Order is important..
2847                         if (attrcell)
2848                         {
2849                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
2850                             attrcell->DecRef();
2851                         }
2852                         if (attrcol)
2853                         {
2854                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
2855                             attrcol->DecRef();
2856                         }
2857                         if (attrrow)
2858                         {
2859                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
2860                             attrrow->DecRef();
2861                         }
2862
2863                         // store merge attr if cache implemented
2864                         //attr->IncRef();
2865                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2866                     }
2867                     else
2868                     {
2869                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
2870                         if (attrrow)
2871                             attr = attrrow;
2872                         if (attrcol)
2873                         {
2874                             if (attr)
2875                                 attr->DecRef();
2876                             attr = attrcol;
2877                         }
2878                         if (attrcell)
2879                         {
2880                             if (attr)
2881                                 attr->DecRef();
2882                             attr = attrcell;
2883                         }
2884                     }
2885                 }
2886                 break;
2887
2888             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
2889                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2890                 break;
2891
2892             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
2893                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2894                 break;
2895
2896             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
2897                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2898                 break;
2899
2900             default:
2901                 // unused as yet...
2902                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
2903                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
2904                 break;
2905         }
2906     }
2907
2908     return attr;
2909 }
2910
2911 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
2912                                      int row, int col)
2913 {
2914     if ( !m_data )
2915         InitData();
2916
2917     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2918 }
2919
2920 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2921 {
2922     if ( !m_data )
2923         InitData();
2924
2925     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
2926 }
2927
2928 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2929 {
2930     if ( !m_data )
2931         InitData();
2932
2933     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
2934 }
2935
2936 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2937 {
2938     if ( m_data )
2939     {
2940         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
2941
2942         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
2943     }
2944 }
2945
2946 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2947 {
2948     if ( m_data )
2949     {
2950         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
2951
2952         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
2953     }
2954 }
2955
2956 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2957 // wxGridTypeRegistry
2958 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2959
2960 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
2961 {
2962     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
2963     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2964         delete m_typeinfo[i];
2965 }
2966
2967 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
2968                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
2969                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
2970 {
2971     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
2972
2973     // is it already registered?
2974     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2975     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
2976     {
2977         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
2978         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
2979     }
2980     else
2981     {
2982         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
2983     }
2984 }
2985
2986 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2987 {
2988     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
2989     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2990     {
2991         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
2992         {
2993             return i;
2994         }
2995     }
2996
2997     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2998 }
2999
3000 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3001 {
3002     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
3003     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3004     {
3005         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
3006         // register it "on the fly"
3007 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3008         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
3009         {
3010             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
3011                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3012                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
3013         }
3014         else
3015 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3016 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3017         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
3018         {
3019             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
3020                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
3021                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
3022         }
3023         else
3024 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3025 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3026         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
3027         {
3028             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
3029                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
3030                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
3031         }
3032         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
3033         {
3034             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
3035                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
3036                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
3037         }
3038         else
3039 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3040 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3041         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
3042         {
3043             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
3044                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3045                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
3046         }
3047         else
3048 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3049         {
3050             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3051         }
3052
3053         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
3054         // the last index
3055         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3056     }
3057
3058     return index;
3059 }
3060
3061 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3062 {
3063     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
3064     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3065     {
3066         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
3067         // are the parameters for the renderer
3068         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
3069         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3070         {
3071             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3072         }
3073
3074         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
3075         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
3076         renderer = renderer->Clone();
3077         rendererOld->DecRef();
3078
3079         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
3080         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
3081         editor = editor->Clone();
3082         editorOld->DecRef();
3083
3084         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
3085         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
3086         renderer->SetParameters(params);
3087         editor->SetParameters(params);
3088
3089         // register the new typename
3090         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
3091
3092         // we just registered it, it's the last one
3093         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3094     }
3095
3096     return index;
3097 }
3098
3099 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
3100 {
3101     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
3102     if (renderer)
3103         renderer->IncRef();
3104
3105     return renderer;
3106 }
3107
3108 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
3109 {
3110     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
3111     if (editor)
3112         editor->IncRef();
3113
3114     return editor;
3115 }
3116
3117 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3118 // wxGridTableBase
3119 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3120
3121 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
3122
3123 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
3124 {
3125     m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL;
3126     m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL;
3127 }
3128
3129 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
3130 {
3131     delete m_attrProvider;
3132 }
3133
3134 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
3135 {
3136     delete m_attrProvider;
3137     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
3138 }
3139
3140 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
3141 {
3142     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
3143     {
3144         // use the default attr provider by default
3145         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
3146     }
3147
3148     return true;
3149 }
3150
3151 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
3152 {
3153     if ( m_attrProvider )
3154         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
3155     else
3156         return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
3157 }
3158
3159 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
3160 {
3161     if ( m_attrProvider )
3162     {
3163         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
3164         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3165     }
3166     else
3167     {
3168         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3169         // free it now
3170         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3171     }
3172 }
3173
3174 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
3175 {
3176     if ( m_attrProvider )
3177     {
3178         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
3179         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
3180     }
3181     else
3182     {
3183         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3184         // free it now
3185         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3186     }
3187 }
3188
3189 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
3190 {
3191     if ( m_attrProvider )
3192     {
3193         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
3194         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
3195     }
3196     else
3197     {
3198         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3199         // free it now
3200         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3201     }
3202 }
3203
3204 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3205                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3206 {
3207     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
3208
3209     return false;
3210 }
3211
3212 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3213 {
3214     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3215
3216     return false;
3217 }
3218
3219 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3220                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3221 {
3222     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3223
3224     return false;
3225 }
3226
3227 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3228                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3229 {
3230     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3231
3232     return false;
3233 }
3234
3235 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3236 {
3237     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3238
3239     return false;
3240 }
3241
3242 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3243                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3244 {
3245     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3246
3247     return false;
3248 }
3249
3250 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3251 {
3252     wxString s;
3253
3254     // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
3255     // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
3256     s << row + 1;
3257
3258     return s;
3259 }
3260
3261 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3262 {
3263     // default col labels are:
3264     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3265     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3266     //   etc.
3267
3268     wxString s;
3269     unsigned int i, n;
3270     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3271     {
3272         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
3273         col = col / 26 - 1;
3274         if ( col < 0 )
3275             break;
3276     }
3277
3278     // reverse the string...
3279     wxString s2;
3280     for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
3281     {
3282         s2 += s[n - i - 1];
3283     }
3284
3285     return s2;
3286 }
3287
3288 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3289 {
3290     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3291 }
3292
3293 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3294                                      const wxString& typeName )
3295 {
3296     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3297 }
3298
3299 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3300 {
3301     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3302 }
3303
3304 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3305 {
3306     return 0;
3307 }
3308
3309 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3310 {
3311     return 0.0;
3312 }
3313
3314 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3315 {
3316     return false;
3317 }
3318
3319 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3320                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3321 {
3322 }
3323
3324 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3325                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3326 {
3327 }
3328
3329 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3330                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3331 {
3332 }
3333
3334 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3335                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3336 {
3337     return NULL;
3338 }
3339
3340 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3341                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3342                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3343 {
3344 }
3345
3346 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3347 //
3348 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3349 // to the grid view
3350 //
3351
3352 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3353 {
3354     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3355     m_id = -1;
3356     m_comInt1 = -1;
3357     m_comInt2 = -1;
3358 }
3359
3360 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3361                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3362 {
3363     m_table = table;
3364     m_id = id;
3365     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3366     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3367 }
3368
3369 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3370 //
3371 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3372 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3373 //
3374
3375 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3376
3377 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3378
3379 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3380         : wxGridTableBase()
3381 {
3382 }
3383
3384 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3385         : wxGridTableBase()
3386 {
3387     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3388
3389     wxArrayString sa;
3390     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3391     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3392
3393     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3394 }
3395
3396 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3397 {
3398 }
3399
3400 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3401 {
3402     return m_data.GetCount();
3403 }
3404
3405 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3406 {
3407     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3408         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3409     else
3410         return 0;
3411 }
3412
3413 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3414 {
3415     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3416                  wxEmptyString,
3417                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3418
3419     return m_data[row][col];
3420 }
3421
3422 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
3423 {
3424     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3425                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3426
3427     m_data[row][col] = value;
3428 }
3429
3430 bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
3431 {
3432     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3433                  true,
3434                   _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3435
3436     return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString);
3437 }
3438
3439 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
3440 {
3441     int row, col;
3442     int numRows, numCols;
3443
3444     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
3445     if ( numRows > 0 )
3446     {
3447         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
3448
3449         for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
3450         {
3451             for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
3452             {
3453                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
3454             }
3455         }
3456     }
3457 }
3458
3459 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3460 {
3461     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3462     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3463                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3464
3465     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3466     {
3467         return AppendRows( numRows );
3468     }
3469
3470     wxArrayString sa;
3471     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3472     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3473     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
3474
3475     if ( GetView() )
3476     {
3477         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3478                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
3479                                 pos,
3480                                 numRows );
3481
3482         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3483     }
3484
3485     return true;
3486 }
3487
3488 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
3489 {
3490     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3491     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3492                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3493                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3494
3495     wxArrayString sa;
3496     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
3497     {
3498         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3499         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3500     }
3501
3502     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3503
3504     if ( GetView() )
3505     {
3506         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3507                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
3508                                 numRows );
3509
3510         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3511     }
3512
3513     return true;
3514 }
3515
3516 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3517 {
3518     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3519
3520     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3521     {
3522         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3523                     (
3524                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
3525                         (unsigned long)pos,
3526                         (unsigned long)numRows,
3527                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
3528                     ) );
3529
3530         return false;
3531     }
3532
3533     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
3534     {
3535         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
3536     }
3537
3538     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
3539     {
3540         m_data.Clear();
3541     }
3542     else
3543     {
3544         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
3545     }
3546
3547     if ( GetView() )
3548     {
3549         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3550                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
3551                                 pos,
3552                                 numRows );
3553
3554         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3555     }
3556
3557     return true;
3558 }
3559
3560 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3561 {
3562     size_t row, col;
3563
3564     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3565     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3566                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3567                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3568
3569     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3570     {
3571         return AppendCols( numCols );
3572     }
3573
3574     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3575     {
3576         m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols );
3577
3578         size_t i;
3579         for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ )
3580             m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i );
3581     }
3582
3583     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3584     {
3585         for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
3586         {
3587             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
3588         }
3589     }
3590
3591     if ( GetView() )
3592     {
3593         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3594                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
3595                                 pos,
3596                                 numCols );
3597
3598         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3599     }
3600
3601     return true;
3602 }
3603
3604 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
3605 {
3606     size_t row;
3607
3608     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3609
3610 #if 0
3611     if ( !curNumRows )
3612     {
3613         // TODO: something better than this ?
3614         //
3615         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
3616         return false;
3617     }
3618 #endif
3619
3620     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3621     {
3622         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3623     }
3624
3625     if ( GetView() )
3626     {
3627         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3628                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
3629                                 numCols );
3630
3631         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3632     }
3633
3634     return true;
3635 }
3636
3637 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3638 {
3639     size_t row;
3640
3641     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3642     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3643                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3644
3645     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3646     {
3647         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3648                     (
3649                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
3650                         (unsigned long)pos,
3651                         (unsigned long)numCols,
3652                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
3653                     ) );
3654         return false;
3655     }
3656
3657     int colID;
3658     if ( GetView() )
3659         colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos );
3660     else
3661         colID = pos;
3662
3663     if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID )
3664     {
3665         numCols = curNumCols - colID;
3666     }
3667
3668     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3669     {
3670         // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only
3671         // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one
3672         // element and not numCols, so account for it
3673         int nToRm = m_colLabels.size() - colID;
3674         if ( nToRm > 0 )
3675             m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, nToRm );
3676     }
3677
3678     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3679     {
3680         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
3681         {
3682             m_data[row].Clear();
3683         }
3684         else
3685         {
3686             m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols );
3687         }
3688     }
3689
3690     if ( GetView() )
3691     {
3692         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3693                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
3694                                 pos,
3695                                 numCols );
3696
3697         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3698     }
3699
3700     return true;
3701 }
3702
3703 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3704 {
3705     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3706     {
3707         // using default label
3708         //
3709         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
3710     }
3711     else
3712     {
3713         return m_rowLabels[row];
3714     }
3715 }
3716
3717 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3718 {
3719     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3720     {
3721         // using default label
3722         //
3723         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
3724     }
3725     else
3726     {
3727         return m_colLabels[col];
3728     }
3729 }
3730
3731 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
3732 {
3733     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3734     {
3735         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
3736         int i;
3737
3738         for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
3739         {
3740             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
3741         }
3742     }
3743
3744     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
3745 }
3746
3747 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
3748 {
3749     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3750     {
3751         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
3752         int i;
3753
3754         for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
3755         {
3756             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
3757         }
3758     }
3759
3760     m_colLabels[col] = value;
3761 }
3762
3763
3764 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3765 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3766
3767 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow)
3768     EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost)
3769 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3770
3771 void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
3772 {
3773     m_owner->CancelMouseCapture();
3774 }
3775
3776 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3777
3778 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3779     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3780     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3781     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3782 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3783
3784 wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3785                                             wxWindowID id,
3786                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3787   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3788 {
3789     m_owner = parent;
3790 }
3791
3792 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3793 {
3794     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3795
3796     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3797     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3798     // set the y coord  - MB
3799     //
3800     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3801
3802     int x, y;
3803     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3804     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3805     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y );
3806
3807     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3808     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
3809 }
3810
3811 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3812 {
3813     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
3814 }
3815
3816 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3817 {
3818     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3819 }
3820
3821 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3822
3823 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3824
3825 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3826     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3827     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3828     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3829 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3830
3831 wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3832                                             wxWindowID id,
3833                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3834   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3835 {
3836     m_owner = parent;
3837 }
3838
3839 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3840 {
3841     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3842
3843     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3844     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3845     // set the x coord  - MB
3846     //
3847     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3848
3849     int x, y;
3850     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3851     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3852     if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
3853         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y );
3854     else
3855         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y );
3856
3857     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3858     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
3859 }
3860
3861 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3862 {
3863     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
3864 }
3865
3866 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3867 {
3868     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3869 }
3870
3871 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3872
3873 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3874
3875 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3876     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3877     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3878     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3879 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3880
3881 wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3882                                                   wxWindowID id,
3883                                                   const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3884   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3885 {
3886     m_owner = parent;
3887 }
3888
3889 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3890 {
3891     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3892
3893     int client_height = 0;
3894     int client_width = 0;
3895     GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height );
3896
3897     // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME)
3898 #if 0
3899 def __WXGTK__
3900     wxRect rect;
3901     rect.SetX( 1 );
3902     rect.SetY( 1 );
3903     rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 );
3904     rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 );
3905
3906     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 );
3907 #else // !__WXGTK__
3908     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
3909     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, client_width - 1, 0 );
3910     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, 0, client_height - 1 );
3911     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 );
3912     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height );
3913
3914     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
3915     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width - 1, 1 );
3916     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height - 1 );
3917 #endif
3918 }
3919
3920 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3921 {
3922     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
3923 }
3924
3925 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3926 {
3927     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3928 }
3929
3930 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3931
3932 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3933
3934 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3935     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
3936     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3937     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3938     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
3939     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
3940     EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
3941     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3942     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3943     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
3944 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3945
3946 wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3947                             wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
3948                             wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
3949                             wxWindowID id,
3950                             const wxPoint &pos,
3951                             const wxSize &size )
3952             : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size,
3953                               wxWANTS_CHARS | wxCLIP_CHILDREN,
3954                               wxT("grid window") )
3955 {
3956     m_owner = parent;
3957     m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin;
3958     m_colLabelWin = colLblWin;
3959 }
3960
3961 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
3962 {
3963     wxPaintDC dc( this );
3964     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3965     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
3966     wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
3967     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
3968
3969 #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
3970     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
3971 #endif
3972
3973     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
3974     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
3975 }
3976
3977 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
3978 {
3979     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
3980     m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
3981     m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
3982 }
3983
3984 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3985 {
3986     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
3987         SetFocus();
3988
3989     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
3990 }
3991
3992 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3993 {
3994     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3995 }
3996
3997 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
3998 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3999 //
4000 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
4001 {
4002     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4003         event.Skip();
4004 }
4005
4006 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
4007 {
4008     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4009         event.Skip();
4010 }
4011
4012 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
4013 {
4014     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4015         event.Skip();
4016 }
4017
4018 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4019 {
4020 }
4021
4022 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
4023 {
4024     // and if we have any selection, it has to be repainted, because it
4025     // uses different colour when the grid is not focused:
4026     if ( m_owner->IsSelection() )
4027     {
4028         Refresh();
4029     }
4030     else
4031     {
4032         // NB: Note that this code is in "else" branch only because the other
4033         //     branch refreshes everything and so there's no point in calling
4034         //     Refresh() again, *not* because it should only be done if
4035         //     !IsSelection(). If the above code is ever optimized to refresh
4036         //     only selected area, this needs to be moved out of the "else"
4037         //     branch so that it's always executed.
4038
4039         // current cell cursor {dis,re}appears on focus change:
4040         const wxGridCellCoords cursorCoords(m_owner->GetGridCursorRow(),
4041                                             m_owner->GetGridCursorCol());
4042         const wxRect cursor =
4043             m_owner->BlockToDeviceRect(cursorCoords, cursorCoords);
4044         Refresh(true, &cursor);
4045     }
4046
4047     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4048         event.Skip();
4049 }
4050
4051 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4052
4053 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
4054 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
4055 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
4056 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
4057
4058 // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function
4059
4060 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
4061                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
4062                            bool clipToMinMax);
4063
4064 #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true)
4065 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
4066                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \
4067                                           m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true)
4068
4069 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4070
4071 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
4072 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4073
4074 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4075     // new style border flags, we put them first to
4076     // use them for streaming out
4077     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
4078     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
4079     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
4080     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
4081     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
4082     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
4083
4084     // old style border flags
4085     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
4086     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
4087     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
4088     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
4089     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
4090     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
4091
4092     // standard window styles
4093     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
4094     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
4095     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
4096     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
4097     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
4098     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB)
4099     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
4100     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
4101
4102 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4103
4104 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
4105
4106 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
4107     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
4108     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
4109 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
4110
4111 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
4112 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
4113
4114 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
4115
4116 /*
4117  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo)
4118 */
4119 #else
4120 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4121 #endif
4122
4123 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4124     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
4125     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
4126     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
4127     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
4128     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
4129     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
4130 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4131
4132 wxGrid::wxGrid()
4133 {
4134     // in order to make sure that a size event is not
4135     // trigerred in a unfinished state
4136     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
4137     m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
4138     m_colLabelWin = NULL;
4139     m_gridWin = NULL;
4140 }
4141
4142 wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
4143                  wxWindowID id,
4144                  const wxPoint& pos,
4145                  const wxSize& size,
4146                  long style,
4147                  const wxString& name )
4148 {
4149     Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
4150 }
4151
4152 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
4153                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
4154                           long style, const wxString& name)
4155 {
4156     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
4157                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name))
4158         return false;
4159
4160     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4161     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4162
4163     Create();
4164     SetInitialSize(size);
4165     CalcDimensions();
4166
4167     return true;
4168 }
4169
4170 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
4171 {
4172     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
4173     SetTargetWindow(this);
4174     ClearAttrCache();
4175     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
4176
4177 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
4178     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
4179     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
4180                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
4181              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
4182              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
4183 #endif
4184
4185     // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it
4186     // with dangling view pointer
4187     if ( m_ownTable )
4188         delete m_table;
4189     else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this )
4190         m_table->SetView(NULL);
4191
4192     delete m_typeRegistry;
4193     delete m_selection;
4194 }
4195
4196 //
4197 // ----- internal init and update functions
4198 //
4199
4200 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
4201 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
4202 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
4203
4204 void wxGrid::Create()
4205 {
4206     // set to true by CreateGrid
4207     m_created = false;
4208
4209     // create the type registry
4210     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
4211     m_selection = NULL;
4212
4213     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
4214     m_ownTable = false;
4215
4216     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
4217
4218     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
4219
4220     // Set default cell attributes
4221     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
4222     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
4223     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
4224     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
4225     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
4226     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
4227
4228 #if _USE_VISATTR
4229     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4230     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4231
4232     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
4233     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
4234
4235 #else
4236     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
4237         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
4238     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
4239         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
4240 #endif
4241
4242     m_numRows = 0;
4243     m_numCols = 0;
4244     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4245
4246     m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4247     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4248
4249     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
4250     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
4251                                               wxID_ANY,
4252                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4253                                               wxDefaultSize );
4254
4255     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
4256                                               wxID_ANY,
4257                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4258                                               wxDefaultSize );
4259
4260     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
4261                                                     wxID_ANY,
4262                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
4263                                                     wxDefaultSize );
4264
4265     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
4266                                   m_rowLabelWin,
4267                                   m_colLabelWin,
4268                                   wxID_ANY,
4269                                   wxDefaultPosition,
4270                                   wxDefaultSize );
4271
4272     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
4273
4274 #if _USE_VISATTR
4275     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
4276     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
4277     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
4278     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
4279 #else
4280     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4281     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
4282     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4283     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4284 #endif
4285
4286     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4287     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4288     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4289     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4290     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4291     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4292
4293     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4294     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4295
4296     Init();
4297 }
4298
4299 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4300                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4301 {
4302     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4303                  false,
4304                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4305
4306     m_numRows = numRows;
4307     m_numCols = numCols;
4308
4309     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
4310     m_table->SetView( this );
4311     m_ownTable = true;
4312     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4313
4314     CalcDimensions();
4315
4316     m_created = true;
4317
4318     return m_created;
4319 }
4320
4321 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4322 {
4323     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4324                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4325
4326     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4327 }
4328
4329 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4330 {
4331     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells,
4332                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4333
4334     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4335 }
4336
4337 bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
4338                        wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4339 {
4340     bool checkSelection = false;
4341     if ( m_created )
4342     {
4343         // stop all processing
4344         m_created = false;
4345
4346         if (m_table)
4347         {
4348             m_table->SetView(0);
4349             if( m_ownTable )
4350                 delete m_table;
4351             m_table = NULL;
4352         }
4353
4354         delete m_selection;
4355         m_selection = NULL;
4356
4357         m_ownTable = false;
4358         m_numRows = 0;
4359         m_numCols = 0;
4360         checkSelection = true;
4361
4362         // kill row and column size arrays
4363         m_colWidths.Empty();
4364         m_colRights.Empty();
4365         m_rowHeights.Empty();
4366         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4367     }
4368
4369     if (table)
4370     {
4371         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4372         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4373
4374         m_table = table;
4375         m_table->SetView( this );
4376         m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
4377         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4378         if (checkSelection)
4379         {
4380             // If the newly set table is smaller than the
4381             // original one current cell and selection regions
4382             // might be invalid,
4383             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4384             m_currentCellCoords =
4385               wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()),
4386                                wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()));
4387             if (m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows ||
4388                 m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols)
4389             {
4390                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4391                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4392             }
4393             else
4394                 m_selectingBottomRight =
4395                   wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows,
4396                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow()),
4397                                    wxMin(m_numCols,
4398                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol()));
4399         }
4400         CalcDimensions();
4401
4402         m_created = true;
4403     }
4404
4405     return m_created;
4406 }
4407
4408 void wxGrid::Init()
4409 {
4410     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4411     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4412
4413     if ( m_rowLabelWin )
4414     {
4415         m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4416     }
4417     else
4418     {
4419         m_labelBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE;
4420     }
4421
4422     m_labelTextColour = *wxBLACK;
4423
4424     // init attr cache
4425     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4426     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4427     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4428
4429     // TODO: something better than this ?
4430     //
4431     m_labelFont = this->GetFont();
4432     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4433
4434     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4435     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4436
4437     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4438     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4439     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4440
4441     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4442     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4443
4444     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4445     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4446
4447 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4448     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4449 #else
4450     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4451 #endif
4452
4453     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4454     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4455     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4456     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4457     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4458
4459     m_canDragColMove = false;
4460
4461     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4462     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
4463     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4464     m_canDragColSize = true;
4465     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4466     m_canDragCell = false;
4467     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4468     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4469     m_isDragging = false;
4470     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4471     m_nativeColumnLabels = false;
4472
4473     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4474
4475     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4476     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4477
4478     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4479
4480     ClearSelection();
4481
4482     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4483     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4484
4485     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4486
4487     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4488     m_batchCount = 0;
4489
4490     m_extraWidth =
4491     m_extraHeight = 0;
4492
4493     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4494     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4495 }
4496
4497 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4498 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4499 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4500 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4501 // arrays at all
4502 //
4503 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights
4504 // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but
4505 // this is not done currently
4506 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4507
4508 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4509 {
4510     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4511     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4512
4513     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4514     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4515
4516     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4517
4518     int rowBottom = 0;
4519     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4520     {
4521         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4522         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4523     }
4524 }
4525
4526 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4527 {
4528     m_colWidths.Empty();
4529     m_colRights.Empty();
4530
4531     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4532     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4533
4534     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4535
4536     int colRight = 0;
4537     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4538     {
4539         colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth;
4540         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
4541     }
4542 }
4543
4544 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
4545 {
4546     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
4547 }
4548
4549 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
4550 {
4551     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth
4552                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
4553 }
4554
4555 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
4556 {
4557     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
4558                                  : m_colRights[col];
4559 }
4560
4561 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
4562 {
4563     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
4564 }
4565
4566 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
4567 {
4568     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
4569                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
4570 }
4571
4572 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
4573 {
4574     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
4575                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
4576 }
4577
4578 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
4579 {
4580     // compute the size of the scrollable area
4581     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0;
4582     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
4583
4584     w += m_extraWidth;
4585     h += m_extraHeight;
4586
4587     // take into account editor if shown
4588     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
4589     {
4590         int w2, h2;
4591         int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
4592         int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
4593         int x = GetColLeft(c);
4594         int y = GetRowTop(r);
4595
4596         // how big is the editor
4597         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
4598         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
4599         editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
4600         w2 += x;
4601         h2 += y;
4602         if ( w2 > w )
4603             w = w2;
4604         if ( h2 > h )
4605             h = h2;
4606         editor->DecRef();
4607         attr->DecRef();
4608     }
4609
4610     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
4611     int x, y;
4612     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
4613
4614     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
4615     if ( x >= w )
4616         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
4617     if ( y >= h )
4618         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
4619
4620     // do set scrollbar parameters
4621     SetScrollbars( m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY,
4622                    GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h),
4623                    x, y,
4624                    GetBatchCount() != 0);
4625
4626     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
4627     // still must reposition the children
4628     CalcWindowSizes();
4629 }
4630
4631 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
4632 {
4633     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
4634
4635     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
4636         return;
4637
4638     int cw, ch;
4639     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4640
4641     // this block of code tries to work around the following problem: the grid
4642     // could have been just resized to have enough space to show the full grid
4643     // window contents without the scrollbars, but its client size could be
4644     // not big enough because the grid has the scrollbars right now and so the
4645     // scrollbars would remain even though we don't need them any more
4646     //
4647     // to prevent this from happening, check if we have enough space for
4648     // everything without the scrollbars and explicitly disable them then
4649     wxSize size = GetSize() - GetWindowBorderSize();
4650     if ( size != wxSize(cw, ch) )
4651     {
4652         // check if we have enough space for grid window after accounting for
4653         // the fixed size elements
4654         size.x -= m_rowLabelWidth;
4655         size.y -= m_colLabelHeight;
4656
4657         const wxSize vsize = m_gridWin->GetVirtualSize();
4658
4659         if ( size.x >= vsize.x && size.y >= vsize.y )
4660         {
4661             // yes, we do, so remove the scrollbars and use the new client size
4662             // (which should be the same as full window size - borders now)
4663             SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0);
4664             GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
4665         }
4666     }
4667
4668     // the grid may be too small to have enough space for the labels yet, don't
4669     // size the windows to negative sizes in this case
4670     int gw = cw - m_rowLabelWidth;
4671     int gh = ch - m_colLabelHeight;
4672     if (gw < 0)
4673         gw = 0;
4674     if (gh < 0)
4675         gh = 0;
4676
4677     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
4678         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4679
4680     if ( m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4681         m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, gw, m_colLabelHeight );
4682
4683     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4684         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, gh );
4685
4686     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
4687         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, gw, gh );
4688 }
4689
4690 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
4691 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
4692 //
4693 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4694 {
4695     int i;
4696     bool result = false;
4697
4698     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
4699     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
4700     ClearAttrCache();
4701
4702     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
4703     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
4704     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
4705     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
4706     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
4707     HideCellEditControl();
4708
4709 #if 0
4710     // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
4711     // now
4712     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4713     {
4714         InitColWidths();
4715     }
4716
4717     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4718     {
4719         InitRowHeights();
4720     }
4721 #endif
4722
4723     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4724     {
4725         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4726         {
4727             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4728             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4729
4730             m_numRows += numRows;
4731
4732             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4733             {
4734                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
4735                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
4736
4737                 int bottom = 0;
4738                 if ( pos > 0 )
4739                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
4740
4741                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4742                 {
4743                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4744                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4745                 }
4746             }
4747
4748             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4749             {
4750                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4751                 // cell will be undefined...
4752                 //
4753                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4754             }
4755
4756             if ( m_selection )
4757                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
4758             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4759             if (attrProvider)
4760                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
4761
4762             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4763             {
4764                 CalcDimensions();
4765                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4766             }
4767         }
4768         result = true;
4769         break;
4770
4771         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4772         {
4773             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
4774             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
4775             m_numRows += numRows;
4776
4777             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4778             {
4779                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
4780                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
4781
4782                 int bottom = 0;
4783                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
4784                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
4785
4786                 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4787                 {
4788                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4789                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4790                 }
4791             }
4792
4793             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4794             {
4795                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4796                 // cell will be undefined...
4797                 //
4798                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4799             }
4800
4801             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4802             {
4803                 CalcDimensions();
4804                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4805             }
4806         }
4807         result = true;
4808         break;
4809
4810         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4811         {
4812             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4813             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4814             m_numRows -= numRows;
4815
4816             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4817             {
4818                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4819                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4820
4821                 int h = 0;
4822                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4823                 {
4824                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
4825                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
4826                 }
4827             }
4828
4829             if ( !m_numRows )
4830             {
4831                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4832             }
4833             else
4834             {
4835                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
4836                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4837             }
4838
4839             if ( m_selection )
4840                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4841             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4842             if (attrProvider)
4843             {
4844                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4845
4846 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4847 #if 0
4848                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
4849                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
4850                 // all column attributes.
4851                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4852                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
4853                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
4854                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
4855 #endif
4856             }
4857
4858             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4859             {
4860                 CalcDimensions();
4861                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4862             }
4863         }
4864         result = true;
4865         break;
4866
4867         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4868         {
4869             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4870             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4871             m_numCols += numCols;
4872
4873             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4874             {
4875                 //Shift the column IDs
4876                 int i;
4877                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ )
4878                 {
4879                     if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos )
4880                         m_colAt[i] += numCols;
4881                 }
4882
4883                 m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols );
4884
4885                 //Set the new columns' positions
4886                 for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ )
4887                 {
4888                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4889                 }
4890             }
4891
4892             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4893             {
4894                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
4895                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
4896
4897                 int right = 0;
4898                 if ( pos > 0 )
4899                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )];
4900
4901                 int colPos;
4902                 for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4903                 {
4904                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4905
4906                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4907                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4908                 }
4909             }
4910
4911             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4912             {
4913                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4914                 // cell will be undefined...
4915                 //
4916                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4917             }
4918
4919             if ( m_selection )
4920                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
4921             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4922             if (attrProvider)
4923                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
4924             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4925             {
4926                 CalcDimensions();
4927                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4928             }
4929         }
4930         result = true;
4931         break;
4932
4933         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4934         {
4935             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
4936             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
4937             m_numCols += numCols;
4938
4939             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4940             {
4941                 m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols );
4942
4943                 //Set the new columns' positions
4944                 int i;
4945                 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4946                 {
4947                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4948                 }
4949             }
4950
4951             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4952             {
4953                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
4954                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
4955
4956                 int right = 0;
4957                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
4958                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )];
4959
4960                 int colPos;
4961                 for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4962                 {
4963                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4964
4965                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4966                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4967                 }
4968             }
4969
4970             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4971             {
4972                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4973                 // cell will be undefined...
4974                 //
4975                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4976             }
4977             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4978             {
4979                 CalcDimensions();
4980                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4981             }
4982         }
4983         result = true;
4984         break;
4985
4986         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
4987         {
4988             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4989             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4990             m_numCols -= numCols;
4991
4992             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4993             {
4994                 int colID = GetColAt( pos );
4995
4996                 m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
4997
4998                 //Shift the column IDs
4999                 int colPos;
5000                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5001                 {
5002                     if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID )
5003                         m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols;
5004                 }
5005             }
5006
5007             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5008             {
5009                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5010                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5011
5012                 int w = 0;
5013                 int colPos;
5014                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5015                 {
5016                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5017
5018                     w += m_colWidths[i];
5019                     m_colRights[i] = w;
5020                 }
5021             }
5022
5023             if ( !m_numCols )
5024             {
5025                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5026             }
5027             else
5028             {
5029                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
5030                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
5031             }
5032
5033             if ( m_selection )
5034                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5035             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
5036             if (attrProvider)
5037             {
5038                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5039
5040 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
5041 #if 0
5042                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
5043                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
5044                 // all row attributes.
5045                 // I hate to do this here, but the
5046                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
5047                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
5048                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
5049 #endif
5050             }
5051
5052             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5053             {
5054                 CalcDimensions();
5055                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
5056             }
5057         }
5058         result = true;
5059         break;
5060     }
5061
5062     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
5063         m_gridWin->Refresh();
5064
5065     return result;
5066 }
5067
5068 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5069 {
5070     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5071     wxRect r;
5072
5073     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
5074
5075     int top, bottom;
5076     while ( iter )
5077     {
5078         r = iter.GetRect();
5079
5080         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5081         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5082         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5083         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5084         //
5085 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5086         int cw, ch;
5087         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5088         if ( r.GetTop() > ch )
5089             r.SetTop( 0 );
5090         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5091 #endif
5092
5093         // logical bounds of update region
5094         //
5095         int dummy;
5096         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
5097         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
5098
5099         // find the row labels within these bounds
5100         //
5101         int row;
5102         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5103         {
5104             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
5105                 continue;
5106
5107             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5108                 break;
5109
5110             rowlabels.Add( row );
5111         }
5112
5113         ++iter;
5114     }
5115
5116     return rowlabels;
5117 }
5118
5119 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5120 {
5121     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5122     wxRect r;
5123
5124     wxArrayInt colLabels;
5125
5126     int left, right;
5127     while ( iter )
5128     {
5129         r = iter.GetRect();
5130
5131         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5132         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5133         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5134         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5135         //
5136 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5137         int cw, ch;
5138         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5139         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw )
5140             r.SetLeft( 0 );
5141         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5142 #endif
5143
5144         // logical bounds of update region
5145         //
5146         int dummy;
5147         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
5148         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
5149
5150         // find the cells within these bounds
5151         //
5152         int col;
5153         int colPos;
5154         for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5155         {
5156             col = GetColAt( colPos );
5157
5158             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
5159                 continue;
5160
5161             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5162                 break;
5163
5164             colLabels.Add( col );
5165         }
5166
5167         ++iter;
5168     }
5169
5170     return colLabels;
5171 }
5172
5173 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5174 {
5175     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5176     wxRect r;
5177
5178     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
5179
5180     int left, top, right, bottom;
5181     while ( iter )
5182     {
5183         r = iter.GetRect();
5184
5185         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5186         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5187         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5188         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5189         //
5190 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5191         int cw, ch;
5192         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5193         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
5194         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
5195         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5196         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5197 #endif
5198
5199         // logical bounds of update region
5200         //
5201         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
5202         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
5203
5204         // find the cells within these bounds
5205         //
5206         int row, col;
5207         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5208         {
5209             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
5210                 continue;
5211
5212             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5213                 break;
5214
5215             int colPos;
5216             for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5217             {
5218                 col = GetColAt( colPos );
5219
5220                 if ( GetColRight(col) <= left )
5221                     continue;
5222
5223                 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5224                     break;
5225
5226                 cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
5227             }
5228         }
5229
5230         ++iter;
5231     }
5232
5233     return cellsExposed;
5234 }
5235
5236
5237 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5238 {
5239     int x, y, row;
5240     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5241     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5242
5243     if ( event.Dragging() )
5244     {
5245         if (!m_isDragging)
5246         {
5247             m_isDragging = true;
5248             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5249         }
5250
5251         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5252         {
5253             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5254             {
5255                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5256                 {
5257                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5258                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5259                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5260
5261                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5262                     PrepareDC( dc );
5263                     y = wxMax( y,
5264                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5265                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5266                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5267                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5268                     {
5269                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5270                     }
5271                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5272                     m_dragLastPos = y;
5273                 }
5274                 break;
5275
5276                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5277                 {
5278                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
5279                     {
5280                         if ( m_selection )
5281                         {
5282                             m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5283                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5284                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5285                                                     event.AltDown(),
5286                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5287                         }
5288                     }
5289                 }
5290                 break;
5291
5292                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5293                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5294                 default:
5295                     break;
5296             }
5297         }
5298         return;
5299     }
5300
5301     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5302         return;
5303
5304     if (m_isDragging)
5305     {
5306         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
5307             m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5308         m_isDragging = false;
5309     }
5310
5311     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5312     //
5313     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5314     {
5315         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5316     }
5317
5318     // ------------ Left button pressed
5319     //
5320     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5321     {
5322         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5323         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
5324         // wanting to resize the row
5325         //
5326         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5327         {
5328             row = YToRow(y);
5329             if ( row >= 0 &&
5330                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5331             {
5332                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5333                     ClearSelection();
5334                 if ( m_selection )
5335                 {
5336                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5337                     {
5338                         m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5339                                                   0,
5340                                                   row,
5341                                                   GetNumberCols() - 1,
5342                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5343                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5344                                                   event.AltDown(),
5345                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5346                     }
5347                     else
5348                     {
5349                         m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5350                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5351                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5352                                                 event.AltDown(),
5353                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5354                     }
5355                 }
5356
5357                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5358             }
5359         }
5360         else
5361         {
5362             // starting to drag-resize a row
5363             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5364                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5365         }
5366     }
5367
5368     // ------------ Left double click
5369     //
5370     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
5371     {
5372         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
5373         if ( row < 0 )
5374         {
5375             row = YToRow(y);
5376             if ( row >=0 &&
5377                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5378             {
5379                 // no default action at the moment
5380             }
5381         }
5382         else
5383         {
5384             // adjust row height depending on label text
5385             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
5386
5387             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5388             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5389         }
5390     }
5391
5392     // ------------ Left button released
5393     //
5394     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5395     {
5396         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5397         {
5398             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5399
5400             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5401             // default processing in this case
5402             //
5403             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5404         }
5405
5406         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5407         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5408     }
5409
5410     // ------------ Right button down
5411     //
5412     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5413     {
5414         row = YToRow(y);
5415         if ( row >=0 &&
5416              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5417         {
5418             // no default action at the moment
5419         }
5420     }
5421
5422     // ------------ Right double click
5423     //
5424     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5425     {
5426         row = YToRow(y);
5427         if ( row >= 0 &&
5428              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5429         {
5430             // no default action at the moment
5431         }
5432     }
5433
5434     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5435     //
5436     else if ( event.Moving() )
5437     {
5438         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5439         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5440         {
5441             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5442             {
5443                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5444                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5445                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5446             }
5447         }
5448         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5449         {
5450             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5451         }
5452     }
5453 }
5454
5455 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5456 {
5457     int x, y, col;
5458     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5459     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5460
5461     if ( event.Dragging() )
5462     {
5463         if (!m_isDragging)
5464         {
5465             m_isDragging = true;
5466             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5467
5468             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL )
5469                 m_dragRowOrCol = XToCol( x );
5470         }
5471
5472         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5473         {
5474             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5475             {
5476                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5477                 {
5478                     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5479                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5480                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5481
5482                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5483                     PrepareDC( dc );
5484
5485                     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5486                                   GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5487                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5488                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5489                     {
5490                         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5491                     }
5492                     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5493                     m_dragLastPos = x;
5494                 }
5495                 break;
5496
5497                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5498                 {
5499                     if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 )
5500                     {
5501                         if ( m_selection )
5502                         {
5503                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5504                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5505                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5506                                                     event.AltDown(),
5507                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5508                         }
5509                     }
5510                 }
5511                 break;
5512
5513                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5514                 {
5515                     if ( x < 0 )
5516                         m_moveToCol = GetColAt( 0 );
5517                     else
5518                         m_moveToCol = XToCol( x );
5519
5520                     int markerX;
5521
5522                     if ( m_moveToCol < 0 )
5523                         markerX = GetColRight( GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) );
5524                     else
5525                         markerX = GetColLeft( m_moveToCol );
5526
5527                     if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos )
5528                     {
5529                         wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5530
5531                         int cw, ch;
5532                         m_colLabelWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5533
5534                         markerX++;
5535
5536                         //Clean up the last indicator
5537                         if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5538                         {
5539                             wxPen pen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 );
5540                             dc.SetPen(pen);
5541                             dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch );
5542                             dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5543
5544                             if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 )
5545                                 DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) );
5546                         }
5547
5548                         //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker
5549                         if ( (m_moveToCol == m_dragRowOrCol)
5550                           || (GetColPos( m_moveToCol ) == GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) + 1)
5551                           || (m_moveToCol < 0 && m_dragRowOrCol == GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )))
5552                         {
5553                             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5554                             return;
5555                         }
5556
5557                         //Draw the marker
5558                         wxPen pen( *wxBLUE, 2 );
5559                         dc.SetPen(pen);
5560
5561                         dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch );
5562
5563                         dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5564
5565                         m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1;
5566                     }
5567                 }
5568                 break;
5569
5570                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5571                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5572                 default:
5573                     break;
5574             }
5575         }
5576         return;
5577     }
5578
5579     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5580         return;
5581
5582     if (m_isDragging)
5583     {
5584         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture())
5585             m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5586         m_isDragging = false;
5587     }
5588
5589     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5590     //
5591     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5592     {
5593         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5594     }
5595
5596     // ------------ Left button pressed
5597     //
5598     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5599     {
5600         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5601         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
5602         // wanting to resize the col
5603         //
5604         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
5605         {
5606             col = XToCol(x);
5607             if ( col >= 0 &&
5608                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5609             {
5610                 if ( m_canDragColMove )
5611                 {
5612                     //Show button as pressed
5613                     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5614                     int colLeft = GetColLeft( col );
5615                     int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1;
5616                     dc.SetPen( wxPen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) );
5617                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
5618                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
5619
5620                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5621                 }
5622                 else
5623                 {
5624                     if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5625                         ClearSelection();
5626                     if ( m_selection )
5627                     {
5628                         if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5629                         {
5630                             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0,
5631                                                       m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5632                                                       GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
5633                                                       event.ControlDown(),
5634                                                       event.ShiftDown(),
5635                                                       event.AltDown(),
5636                                                       event.MetaDown() );
5637                         }
5638                         else
5639                         {
5640                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5641                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5642                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5643                                                     event.AltDown(),
5644                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5645                         }
5646                     }
5647
5648                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5649                 }
5650             }
5651         }
5652         else
5653         {
5654             // starting to drag-resize a col
5655             //
5656             if ( CanDragColSize() )
5657                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5658         }
5659     }
5660
5661     // ------------ Left double click
5662     //
5663     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5664     {
5665         col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
5666         if ( col < 0 )
5667         {
5668             col = XToCol(x);
5669             if ( col >= 0 &&
5670                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5671             {
5672                 // no default action at the moment
5673             }
5674         }
5675         else
5676         {
5677             // adjust column width depending on label text
5678             AutoSizeColLabelSize( col );
5679
5680             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5681             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5682         }
5683     }
5684
5685     // ------------ Left button released
5686     //
5687     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5688     {
5689         switch ( m_cursorMode )
5690         {
5691             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5692                 DoEndDragResizeCol();
5693
5694                 // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5695                 // default processing in this case
5696                 //
5697                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5698                 break;
5699
5700             case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5701                 DoEndDragMoveCol();
5702
5703                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5704                 break;
5705
5706             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5707             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
5708             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5709             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5710                 // nothing to do (?)
5711                 break;
5712         }
5713
5714         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5715         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5716     }
5717
5718     // ------------ Right button down
5719     //
5720     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5721     {
5722         col = XToCol(x);
5723         if ( col >= 0 &&
5724              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5725         {
5726             // no default action at the moment
5727         }
5728     }
5729
5730     // ------------ Right double click
5731     //
5732     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5733     {
5734         col = XToCol(x);
5735         if ( col >= 0 &&
5736              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5737         {
5738             // no default action at the moment
5739         }
5740     }
5741
5742     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5743     //
5744     else if ( event.Moving() )
5745     {
5746         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5747         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5748         {
5749             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5750             {
5751                 // don't capture the cursor yet
5752                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
5753                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5754             }
5755         }
5756         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5757         {
5758             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5759         }
5760     }
5761 }
5762
5763 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5764 {
5765     if ( event.LeftDown() )
5766     {
5767         // indicate corner label by having both row and
5768         // col args == -1
5769         //
5770         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5771         {
5772             SelectAll();
5773         }
5774     }
5775     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5776     {
5777         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
5778     }
5779     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5780     {
5781         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5782         {
5783             // no default action at the moment
5784         }
5785     }
5786     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5787     {
5788         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5789         {
5790             // no default action at the moment
5791         }
5792     }
5793 }
5794
5795 void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture()
5796 {
5797     // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is
5798     if ( m_winCapture )
5799     {
5800         m_isDragging = false;
5801         m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
5802         m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5803         m_winCapture = NULL;
5804
5805         // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen
5806         Refresh();
5807     }
5808 }
5809
5810 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
5811                               wxWindow *win,
5812                               bool captureMouse)
5813 {
5814 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
5815     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
5816     {
5817         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
5818         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
5819         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
5820         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
5821         _T("SELECT_COL"),
5822         _T("MOVE_COL"),
5823     };
5824
5825     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
5826                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
5827                win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin")
5828                                     : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
5829                                           : _T("gridWin"),
5830                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
5831 #endif
5832
5833     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
5834          win == m_winCapture &&
5835          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
5836         return;
5837
5838     if ( !win )
5839     {
5840         // by default use the grid itself
5841         win = m_gridWin;
5842     }
5843
5844     if ( m_winCapture )
5845     {
5846         if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
5847             m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5848         m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
5849     }
5850
5851     m_cursorMode = mode;
5852
5853     switch ( m_cursorMode )
5854     {
5855         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5856             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
5857             break;
5858
5859         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5860             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
5861             break;
5862
5863         case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5864             win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) );
5865             break;
5866
5867         default:
5868             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5869             break;
5870     }
5871
5872     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
5873     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
5874                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
5875
5876     if ( captureMouse && resize )
5877     {
5878         win->CaptureMouse();
5879         m_winCapture = win;
5880     }
5881 }
5882
5883 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5884 {
5885     int x, y;
5886     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5887     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5888
5889     wxGridCellCoords coords;
5890     XYToCell( x, y, coords );
5891
5892     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5893     bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
5894     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5895     if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5896     {
5897         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
5898         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
5899     }
5900
5901     if ( event.Dragging() )
5902     {
5903         //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5904
5905         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged at
5906         // least 3 pixels in any direction...
5907         if (! m_isDragging)
5908         {
5909             if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition)
5910             {
5911                 m_startDragPos = pos;
5912                 return;
5913             }
5914             if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4)
5915                 return;
5916         }
5917
5918         m_isDragging = true;
5919         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5920         {
5921             // Hide the edit control, so it
5922             // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
5923             if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5924             {
5925                 HideCellEditControl();
5926                 SaveEditControlValue();
5927             }
5928
5929             if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5930             {
5931                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
5932                 {
5933                     if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5934                         m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5935                     HighlightBlock( m_selectingKeyboard, coords );
5936                 }
5937                 else if ( CanDragCell() )
5938                 {
5939                     if ( isFirstDrag )
5940                     {
5941                         if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5942                             m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5943
5944                         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG,
5945                                    coords.GetRow(),
5946                                    coords.GetCol(),
5947                                    event );
5948                         return;
5949                     }
5950                 }
5951                 else
5952                 {
5953                     if ( !IsSelection() )
5954                     {
5955                         HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5956                     }
5957                     else
5958                     {
5959                         HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords );
5960                     }
5961                 }
5962
5963                 if (! IsVisible(coords))
5964                 {
5965                     MakeCellVisible(coords);
5966                     // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here.  The
5967                     // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK.
5968                 }
5969             }
5970             // Have we captured the mouse yet?
5971             if (! m_winCapture)
5972             {
5973                 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
5974                 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
5975             }
5976
5977
5978         }
5979         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5980         {
5981             int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5982             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5983             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5984
5985             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5986             PrepareDC( dc );
5987             y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5988                           GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5989             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5990             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5991             {
5992                 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5993             }
5994             dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5995             m_dragLastPos = y;
5996         }
5997         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5998         {
5999             int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6000             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6001             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6002
6003             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6004             PrepareDC( dc );
6005             x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
6006                           GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6007             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6008             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6009             {
6010                 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6011             }
6012             dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
6013             m_dragLastPos = x;
6014         }
6015
6016         return;
6017     }
6018
6019     m_isDragging = false;
6020     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
6021
6022     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
6023     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
6024     //     wxGTK
6025 #if 0
6026     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
6027     {
6028         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6029         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
6030     }
6031     else
6032 #endif // 0
6033
6034     // ------------ Left button pressed
6035     //
6036     if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6037     {
6038         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,
6039                        coords.GetRow(),
6040                        coords.GetCol(),
6041                        event ) )
6042         {
6043             if ( !event.CmdDown() )
6044                 ClearSelection();
6045             if ( event.ShiftDown() )
6046             {
6047                 if ( m_selection )
6048                 {
6049                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
6050                                               m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6051                                               coords.GetRow(),
6052                                               coords.GetCol(),
6053                                               event.ControlDown(),
6054                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6055                                               event.AltDown(),
6056                                               event.MetaDown() );
6057                 }
6058             }
6059             else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 &&
6060                       YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6061             {
6062                 DisableCellEditControl();
6063                 MakeCellVisible( coords );
6064
6065                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
6066                 {
6067                     if ( m_selection )
6068                     {
6069                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(),
6070                                                           coords.GetCol(),
6071                                                           event.ControlDown(),
6072                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
6073                                                           event.AltDown(),
6074                                                           event.MetaDown() );
6075                     }
6076                     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6077                     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6078                     m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
6079                 }
6080                 else
6081                 {
6082                     m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
6083                     SetCurrentCell( coords );
6084                     if ( m_selection )
6085                     {
6086                         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() !=
6087                                 wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells )
6088                         {
6089                             HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
6090                         }
6091                     }
6092                 }
6093             }
6094         }
6095     }
6096
6097     // ------------ Left double click
6098     //
6099     else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6100     {
6101         DisableCellEditControl();
6102
6103         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6104         {
6105             if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,
6106                              coords.GetRow(),
6107                              coords.GetCol(),
6108                              event ) )
6109             {
6110                 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
6111                 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
6112                 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
6113             }
6114         }
6115     }
6116
6117     // ------------ Left button released
6118     //
6119     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
6120     {
6121         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6122         {
6123             if (m_winCapture)
6124             {
6125                 if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
6126                     m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
6127                 m_winCapture = NULL;
6128             }
6129
6130             if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
6131             {
6132                 ClearSelection();
6133                 EnableCellEditControl();
6134
6135                 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
6136                 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
6137                 editor->StartingClick();
6138                 editor->DecRef();
6139                 attr->DecRef();
6140
6141                 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
6142             }
6143             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6144                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6145             {
6146                 if ( m_selection )
6147                 {
6148                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6149                                               m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6150                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6151                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6152                                               event.ControlDown(),
6153                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6154                                               event.AltDown(),
6155                                               event.MetaDown() );
6156                 }
6157
6158                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6159                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6160
6161                 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
6162                 // drag-shrinking.
6163                 ShowCellEditControl();
6164             }
6165         }
6166         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6167         {
6168             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6169             DoEndDragResizeRow();
6170
6171             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6172             // default processing in this case
6173             //
6174             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
6175         }
6176         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6177         {
6178             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6179             DoEndDragResizeCol();
6180
6181             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6182             // default processing in this case
6183             //
6184             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
6185         }
6186
6187         m_dragLastPos = -1;
6188     }
6189
6190     // ------------ Right button down
6191     //
6192     else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6193     {
6194         DisableCellEditControl();
6195         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,
6196                          coords.GetRow(),
6197                          coords.GetCol(),
6198                          event ) )
6199         {
6200             // no default action at the moment
6201         }
6202     }
6203
6204     // ------------ Right double click
6205     //
6206     else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6207     {
6208         DisableCellEditControl();
6209         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,
6210                          coords.GetRow(),
6211                          coords.GetCol(),
6212                          event ) )
6213         {
6214             // no default action at the moment
6215         }
6216     }
6217
6218     // ------------ Moving and no button action
6219     //
6220     else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() )
6221     {
6222         if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
6223         {
6224             // out of grid cell area
6225             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6226             return;
6227         }
6228
6229         int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
6230         int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
6231
6232         // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
6233         // directions is not implemented yet...
6234         //
6235         if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
6236         {
6237             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6238             return;
6239         }
6240
6241         if ( dragRow >= 0 )
6242         {
6243             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
6244
6245             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6246             {
6247                 if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6248                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false);
6249             }
6250         }
6251         else if ( dragCol >= 0 )
6252         {
6253             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
6254
6255             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6256             {
6257                 if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6258                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false);
6259             }
6260         }
6261         else // Neither on a row or col edge
6262         {
6263             if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6264             {
6265                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6266             }
6267         }
6268     }
6269 }
6270
6271 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
6272 {
6273     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6274     {
6275         // erase the last line and resize the row
6276         //
6277         int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6278         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6279         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6280
6281         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6282         PrepareDC( dc );
6283         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6284         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left + cw, m_dragLastPos );
6285         HideCellEditControl();
6286         SaveEditControlValue();
6287
6288         int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol);
6289         SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6290                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) );
6291
6292         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6293         {
6294             // Only needed to get the correct rect.y:
6295             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) );
6296             rect.x = 0;
6297             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6298             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
6299             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6300             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6301             rect.width = cw;
6302
6303             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6304             if (m_table)
6305             {
6306                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0;
6307                 int leftCol = XToCol(left);
6308                 int rightCol = internalXToCol(left + cw);
6309                 if (leftCol >= 0)
6310                 {
6311                     for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
6312                     {
6313                         GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6314                         if (cell_rows < subtract_rows)
6315                             subtract_rows = cell_rows;
6316                     }
6317                     rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows);
6318                     CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6319                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6320                 }
6321             }
6322             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6323         }
6324
6325         ShowCellEditControl();
6326     }
6327 }
6328
6329
6330 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
6331 {
6332     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6333     {
6334         // erase the last line and resize the col
6335         //
6336         int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6337         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6338         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6339
6340         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6341         PrepareDC( dc );
6342         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6343         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6344         HideCellEditControl();
6345         SaveEditControlValue();
6346
6347         int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol);
6348         SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6349                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft,
6350                            GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) );
6351
6352         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6353         {
6354             // Only needed to get the correct rect.x:
6355             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) );
6356             rect.y = 0;
6357             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6358             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6359             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
6360             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6361             rect.height = ch;
6362
6363             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6364             if (m_table)
6365             {
6366                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0;
6367                 int topRow = YToRow(top);
6368                 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top + cw);
6369                 if (topRow >= 0)
6370                 {
6371                     for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++)
6372                     {
6373                         GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6374                         if (cell_cols < subtract_cols)
6375                             subtract_cols = cell_cols;
6376                     }
6377
6378                     rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols);
6379                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6380                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6381                 }
6382             }
6383
6384             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6385         }
6386
6387         ShowCellEditControl();
6388     }
6389 }
6390
6391 void wxGrid::DoEndDragMoveCol()
6392 {
6393     //The user clicked on the column but didn't actually drag
6394     if ( m_dragLastPos < 0 )
6395     {
6396         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();   //Do this to "unpress" the column
6397         return;
6398     }
6399
6400     int newPos;
6401     if ( m_moveToCol == -1 )
6402         newPos = m_numCols - 1;
6403     else
6404     {
6405         newPos = GetColPos( m_moveToCol );
6406         if ( newPos > GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) )
6407             newPos--;
6408     }
6409
6410     SetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol, newPos );
6411 }
6412
6413 void wxGrid::SetColPos( int colID, int newPos )
6414 {
6415     if ( m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
6416     {
6417         m_colAt.Alloc( m_numCols );
6418
6419         int i;
6420         for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
6421         {
6422             m_colAt.Add( i );
6423         }
6424     }
6425
6426     int oldPos = GetColPos( colID );
6427
6428     //Reshuffle the m_colAt array
6429     if ( newPos > oldPos )
6430     {
6431         int i;
6432         for ( i = oldPos; i < newPos; i++ )
6433         {
6434             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i+1];
6435         }
6436     }
6437     else
6438     {
6439         int i;
6440         for ( i = oldPos; i > newPos; i-- )
6441         {
6442             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i-1];
6443         }
6444     }
6445
6446     m_colAt[newPos] = colID;
6447
6448     //Recalculate the column rights
6449     if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6450     {
6451         int colRight = 0;
6452         int colPos;
6453         for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6454         {
6455             int colID = GetColAt( colPos );
6456
6457             colRight += m_colWidths[colID];
6458             m_colRights[colID] = colRight;
6459         }
6460     }
6461
6462     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6463     m_gridWin->Refresh();
6464 }
6465
6466
6467
6468 void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable )
6469 {
6470     if ( m_canDragColMove == enable )
6471         return;
6472
6473     m_canDragColMove = enable;
6474
6475     if ( !m_canDragColMove )
6476     {
6477         m_colAt.Clear();
6478
6479         //Recalculate the column rights
6480         if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6481         {
6482             int colRight = 0;
6483             int colPos;
6484             for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6485             {
6486                 colRight += m_colWidths[colPos];
6487                 m_colRights[colPos] = colRight;
6488             }
6489         }
6490
6491         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6492         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6493     }
6494 }
6495
6496
6497 //
6498 // ------ interaction with data model
6499 //
6500 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
6501 {
6502     switch ( msg.GetId() )
6503     {
6504         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
6505             return GetModelValues();
6506
6507         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
6508             return SetModelValues();
6509
6510         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
6511         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
6512         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
6513         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
6514         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
6515         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
6516             return Redimension( msg );
6517
6518         default:
6519             return false;
6520     }
6521 }
6522
6523 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
6524 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
6525 // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
6526 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
6527 //
6528 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
6529 {
6530     if ( m_table )
6531     {
6532         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6533             DisableCellEditControl();
6534
6535         m_table->Clear();
6536         if (!GetBatchCount())
6537             m_gridWin->Refresh();
6538     }
6539 }
6540
6541 bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6542 {
6543     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6544
6545     if ( !m_created )
6546     {
6547         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6548         return false;
6549     }
6550
6551     if ( m_table )
6552     {
6553         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6554             DisableCellEditControl();
6555
6556         bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows );
6557         return done;
6558
6559         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
6560         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6561     }
6562
6563     return false;
6564 }
6565
6566 bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6567 {
6568     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6569
6570     if ( !m_created )
6571     {
6572         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6573         return false;
6574     }
6575
6576     if ( m_table )
6577     {
6578         bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows );
6579         return done;
6580
6581         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
6582         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6583     }
6584
6585     return false;
6586 }
6587
6588 bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6589 {
6590     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6591
6592     if ( !m_created )
6593     {
6594         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6595         return false;
6596     }
6597
6598     if ( m_table )
6599     {
6600         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6601             DisableCellEditControl();
6602
6603         bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows );
6604         return done;
6605         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
6606         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6607     }
6608
6609     return false;
6610 }
6611
6612 bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6613 {
6614     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6615
6616     if ( !m_created )
6617     {
6618         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6619         return false;
6620     }
6621
6622     if ( m_table )
6623     {
6624         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6625             DisableCellEditControl();
6626
6627         bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols );
6628         return done;
6629         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
6630         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6631     }
6632
6633     return false;
6634 }
6635
6636 bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6637 {
6638     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6639
6640     if ( !m_created )
6641     {
6642         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6643         return false;
6644     }
6645
6646     if ( m_table )
6647     {
6648         bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols );
6649         return done;
6650         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
6651         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6652     }
6653
6654     return false;
6655 }
6656
6657 bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6658 {
6659     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6660
6661     if ( !m_created )
6662     {
6663         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6664         return false;
6665     }
6666
6667     if ( m_table )
6668     {
6669         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6670             DisableCellEditControl();
6671
6672         bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols );
6673         return done;
6674         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
6675         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6676     }
6677
6678     return false;
6679 }
6680
6681 //
6682 // ----- event handlers
6683 //
6684
6685 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and
6686 // return the result of ProcessEvent()
6687 //
6688 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6689                         int row, int col,
6690                         wxMouseEvent& mouseEv )
6691 {
6692    bool claimed, vetoed;
6693
6694    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6695    {
6696        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6697
6698        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6699                type,
6700                this,
6701                rowOrCol,
6702                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6703                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6704                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6705                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6706                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6707                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6708
6709        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6710        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6711    }
6712    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
6713    {
6714        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
6715        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6716                type,
6717                this,
6718                m_selectingTopLeft,
6719                m_selectingBottomRight,
6720                true,
6721                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6722                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6723                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6724                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6725
6726        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6727        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6728    }
6729    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK ||
6730              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK ||
6731              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK ||
6732              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK )
6733    {
6734        wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition();
6735
6736        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() )
6737            pos.y += GetColLabelSize();
6738        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() )
6739            pos.x += GetRowLabelSize();
6740
6741        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6742                type,
6743                this,
6744                row, col,
6745                pos.x,
6746                pos.y,
6747                false,
6748                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6749                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6750                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6751                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6752        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6753        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6754    }
6755    else
6756    {
6757        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6758                type,
6759                this,
6760                row, col,
6761                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6762                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6763                false,
6764                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6765                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6766                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6767                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6768        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6769        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6770    }
6771
6772    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6773    if (vetoed)
6774        return -1;
6775
6776    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6777 }
6778
6779 // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result
6780 // of ProcessEvent().
6781 //
6782 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6783                         int row, int col )
6784 {
6785    bool claimed, vetoed;
6786
6787     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6788     {
6789         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6790
6791         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol );
6792
6793         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6794         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6795     }
6796     else
6797     {
6798         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
6799
6800         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6801         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6802      }
6803
6804     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6805     if (vetoed)
6806         return -1;
6807
6808     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6809 }
6810
6811 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
6812 {
6813     // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
6814     wxPaintDC dc(this);
6815 }
6816
6817 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
6818 {
6819     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
6820     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
6821     if (! GetBatchCount())
6822     {
6823         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
6824         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
6825
6826         if (rect)
6827         {
6828             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
6829             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
6830             int x, y;
6831
6832             // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
6833             rect_x = rect->GetX();
6834             rect_y = rect->GetY();
6835             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
6836             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
6837
6838             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
6839             if (width_label > rectWidth)
6840                 width_label = rectWidth;
6841
6842             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
6843             if (height_label > rectHeight)
6844                 height_label = rectHeight;
6845
6846             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
6847             {
6848                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
6849                 width_cell = rectWidth;
6850             }
6851             else
6852             {
6853                 x = 0;
6854                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
6855             }
6856
6857             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
6858             {
6859                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
6860                 height_cell = rectHeight;
6861             }
6862             else
6863             {
6864                 y = 0;
6865                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
6866             }
6867
6868             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
6869             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6870             {
6871                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
6872                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6873             }
6874
6875             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
6876             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6877             {
6878                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
6879                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6880             }
6881
6882             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
6883             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6884             {
6885                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
6886                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6887             }
6888
6889             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
6890             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6891             {
6892                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
6893                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6894             }
6895         }
6896         else
6897         {
6898             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6899             m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6900             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6901             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6902         }
6903     }
6904 }
6905
6906 void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
6907 {
6908     if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done
6909     {
6910         // update our children window positions and scrollbars
6911         CalcDimensions();
6912     }
6913 }
6914
6915 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
6916 {
6917     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
6918     {
6919         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
6920         //
6921         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
6922     }
6923
6924     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
6925
6926     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
6927     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
6928     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
6929     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
6930
6931     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
6932     {
6933         if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
6934         {
6935             if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT)
6936                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT;
6937             else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT)
6938                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT;
6939         }
6940
6941         // try local handlers
6942         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
6943         {
6944             case WXK_UP:
6945                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6946                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6947                 else
6948                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
6949                 break;
6950
6951             case WXK_DOWN:
6952                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6953                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6954                 else
6955                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6956                 break;
6957
6958             case WXK_LEFT:
6959                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6960                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6961                 else
6962                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
6963                 break;
6964
6965             case WXK_RIGHT:
6966                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6967                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6968                 else
6969                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
6970                 break;
6971
6972             case WXK_RETURN:
6973             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
6974                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6975                 {
6976                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
6977                 }
6978                 else
6979                 {
6980                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
6981                     {
6982                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6983                     }
6984                     else
6985                     {
6986                         // at the bottom of a column
6987                         DisableCellEditControl();
6988                     }
6989                 }
6990                 break;
6991
6992             case WXK_ESCAPE:
6993                 ClearSelection();
6994                 break;
6995
6996             case WXK_TAB:
6997                 if (event.ShiftDown())
6998                 {
6999                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
7000                     {
7001                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
7002                     }
7003                     else
7004                     {
7005                         // at left of grid
7006                         DisableCellEditControl();
7007                     }
7008                 }
7009                 else
7010                 {
7011                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
7012                     {
7013                         MoveCursorRight( false );
7014                     }
7015                     else
7016                     {
7017                         // at right of grid
7018                         DisableCellEditControl();
7019                     }
7020                 }
7021                 break;
7022
7023             case WXK_HOME:
7024                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7025                 {
7026                     MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 );
7027                     SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
7028                 }
7029                 else
7030                 {
7031                     event.Skip();
7032                 }
7033                 break;
7034
7035             case WXK_END:
7036                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7037                 {
7038                     MakeCellVisible( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7039                     SetCurrentCell( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7040                 }
7041                 else
7042                 {
7043                     event.Skip();
7044                 }
7045                 break;
7046
7047             case WXK_PAGEUP:
7048                 MovePageUp();
7049                 break;
7050
7051             case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
7052                 MovePageDown();
7053                 break;
7054
7055             case WXK_SPACE:
7056                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7057                 {
7058                     if ( m_selection )
7059                     {
7060                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(
7061                             m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
7062                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
7063                             event.ControlDown(),
7064                             event.ShiftDown(),
7065                             event.AltDown(),
7066                             event.MetaDown() );
7067                     }
7068                     break;
7069                 }
7070
7071                 if ( !IsEditable() )
7072                     MoveCursorRight( false );
7073                 else
7074                     event.Skip();
7075                 break;
7076
7077             default:
7078                 event.Skip();
7079                 break;
7080         }
7081     }
7082
7083     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
7084 }
7085
7086 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
7087 {
7088     // try local handlers
7089     //
7090     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
7091     {
7092         if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7093              m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7094         {
7095             if ( m_selection )
7096             {
7097                 m_selection->SelectBlock(
7098                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
7099                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
7100                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
7101                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
7102                     event.ControlDown(),
7103                     true,
7104                     event.AltDown(),
7105                     event.MetaDown() );
7106             }
7107         }
7108
7109         m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7110         m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7111         m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7112     }
7113 }
7114
7115 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
7116 {
7117     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
7118     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
7119     {
7120         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
7121         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7122         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7123         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7124         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7125
7126         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
7127         // other keys - ask the editor itself
7128         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
7129              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
7130         {
7131             // ensure cell is visble
7132             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
7133             EnableCellEditControl();
7134
7135             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
7136             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
7137             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
7138             // crash the app
7139             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7140                 editor->StartingKey(event);
7141         }
7142         else
7143         {
7144             event.Skip();
7145         }
7146
7147         editor->DecRef();
7148         attr->DecRef();
7149     }
7150     else
7151     {
7152         event.Skip();
7153     }
7154 }
7155
7156 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
7157 {
7158 }
7159
7160 void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7161 {
7162     if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) )
7163     {
7164         // the event has been intercepted - do nothing
7165         return;
7166     }
7167
7168 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7169     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7170     PrepareDC( dc );
7171 #endif
7172
7173     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7174     {
7175         DisableCellEditControl();
7176
7177         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
7178         {
7179             wxRect r;
7180             r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
7181             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
7182             {
7183                 r.x--;
7184                 r.y--;
7185                 r.width++;
7186                 r.height++;
7187             }
7188
7189             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
7190
7191             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
7192             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7193
7194 #if defined(__WXMAC__)
7195             m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */);
7196 #else
7197             DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
7198             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
7199 #endif
7200         }
7201     }
7202
7203     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7204
7205     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
7206 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7207     DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
7208 #endif
7209     attr->DecRef();
7210 }
7211
7212 void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol )
7213 {
7214     int temp;
7215     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight;
7216
7217     if ( m_selection )
7218     {
7219         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
7220         {
7221             leftCol = 0;
7222             rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
7223         }
7224         else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
7225         {
7226             topRow = 0;
7227             bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
7228         }
7229     }
7230
7231     if ( topRow > bottomRow )
7232     {
7233         temp = topRow;
7234         topRow = bottomRow;
7235         bottomRow = temp;
7236     }
7237
7238     if ( leftCol > rightCol )
7239     {
7240         temp = leftCol;
7241         leftCol = rightCol;
7242         rightCol = temp;
7243     }
7244
7245     updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol );
7246     updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol );
7247
7248     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
7249     if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
7250          m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
7251     {
7252         wxRect rect;
7253         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
7254                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
7255         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
7256     }
7257
7258     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
7259     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
7260               m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
7261     {
7262         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
7263         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
7264         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
7265         wxRect  rect[4];
7266         bool    need_refresh[4];
7267         need_refresh[0] =
7268         need_refresh[1] =
7269         need_refresh[2] =
7270         need_refresh[3] = false;
7271         int     i;
7272
7273         // Store intermediate values
7274         wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol();
7275         wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow();
7276         wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol();
7277         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow();
7278
7279         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
7280         if (oldLeft > leftCol)
7281         {
7282             temp = oldLeft;
7283             oldLeft = leftCol;
7284             leftCol = temp;
7285         }
7286         if (oldTop > topRow )
7287         {
7288             temp = oldTop;
7289             oldTop = topRow;
7290             topRow = temp;
7291         }
7292         if (oldRight < rightCol )
7293         {
7294             temp = oldRight;
7295             oldRight = rightCol;
7296             rightCol = temp;
7297         }
7298         if (oldBottom < bottomRow)
7299         {
7300             temp = oldBottom;
7301             oldBottom = bottomRow;
7302             bottomRow = temp;
7303         }
7304
7305         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
7306         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
7307         // is contained in the other.
7308
7309         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
7310         {
7311             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7312             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
7313             need_refresh[0] = true;
7314             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7315                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop,  oldLeft ),
7316                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
7317         }
7318
7319         if ( oldTop < topRow )
7320         {
7321             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7322             // area above the old or new selection.
7323             need_refresh[1] = true;
7324             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7325                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
7326                 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
7327         }
7328
7329         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
7330         {
7331             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7332             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
7333             need_refresh[2] = true;
7334             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7335                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
7336                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
7337         }
7338
7339         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
7340         {
7341             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7342             // area below the old or new selection.
7343             need_refresh[3] = true;
7344             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7345                 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
7346                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
7347         }
7348
7349         // various Refresh() calls
7350         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
7351             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
7352                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
7353     }
7354
7355     // change selection
7356     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
7357     m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
7358 }
7359
7360 //
7361 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
7362 //
7363
7364 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
7365 {
7366     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7367     HideCellEditControl();
7368
7369     if ( m_table )
7370     {
7371         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
7372         //
7373         m_gridWin->Refresh();
7374         return true;
7375     }
7376
7377     return false;
7378 }
7379
7380 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
7381 {
7382     int row, col;
7383
7384     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7385     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
7386     // I think so ...
7387     DisableCellEditControl();
7388
7389     if ( m_table )
7390     {
7391         for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
7392         {
7393             for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
7394             {
7395                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
7396             }
7397         }
7398
7399         return true;
7400     }
7401
7402     return false;
7403 }
7404
7405 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
7406 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
7407 // CalcExposedCells)
7408 //
7409 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
7410 {
7411     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7412         return;
7413
7414     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
7415     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7416     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
7417
7418     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7419     {
7420         row = cells[i].GetRow();
7421         col = cells[i].GetCol();
7422         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7423
7424         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
7425         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7426         {
7427             wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
7428             bool marked = false;
7429             for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
7430             {
7431                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
7432                 {
7433                     marked = true;
7434                     break;
7435                 }
7436             }
7437
7438             if (!marked)
7439             {
7440                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7441                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
7442                 {
7443                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
7444                     {
7445                         marked = true;
7446                         break;
7447                     }
7448                 }
7449
7450                 if (!marked)
7451                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7452             }
7453
7454             // don't bother drawing this cell
7455             continue;
7456         }
7457
7458         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
7459         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
7460         {
7461             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
7462             {
7463                 // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint
7464                 int left = col;
7465                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
7466                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
7467                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
7468                     {
7469                         left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
7470                     }
7471
7472                 if (left == col)
7473                     left = 0; // oh well
7474
7475                 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
7476                 {
7477                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
7478                     {
7479                         if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
7480                         {
7481                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
7482                             bool marked = false;
7483
7484                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
7485                             {
7486                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
7487                                 {
7488                                     marked = true;
7489                                     break;
7490                                 }
7491                             }
7492
7493                             if (!marked)
7494                             {
7495                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7496                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
7497                                 {
7498                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
7499                                     {
7500                                         marked = true;
7501                                         break;
7502                                     }
7503                                 }
7504                                 if (!marked)
7505                                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7506                             }
7507                         }
7508                         break;
7509                     }
7510                 }
7511             }
7512         }
7513
7514         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
7515     }
7516
7517     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
7518
7519     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7520     {
7521         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
7522     }
7523 }
7524
7525 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
7526 {
7527   int cw, ch;
7528   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7529
7530   int right, bottom;
7531   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7532
7533   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0;
7534   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
7535
7536   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
7537   {
7538       int left, top;
7539       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7540
7541       dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
7542       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
7543
7544       if ( right > rightCol )
7545       {
7546           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
7547       }
7548
7549       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
7550       {
7551           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
7552       }
7553   }
7554 }
7555
7556 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7557 {
7558     int row = coords.GetRow();
7559     int col = coords.GetCol();
7560
7561     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7562         return;
7563
7564     // we draw the cell border ourselves
7565 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7566     if ( m_gridLinesEnabled )
7567         DrawCellBorder( dc, coords );
7568 #endif
7569
7570     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7571
7572     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
7573
7574     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7575
7576     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
7577     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
7578     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
7579     {
7580         // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
7581         // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
7582         // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
7583         // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
7584 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7585         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7586         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
7587         editor->DecRef();
7588 #endif
7589     }
7590     else
7591     {
7592         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
7593         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7594         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
7595         renderer->DecRef();
7596     }
7597
7598     attr->DecRef();
7599 }
7600
7601 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
7602 {
7603     // don't show highlight when the grid doesn't have focus
7604     if ( !HasFocus() )
7605         return;
7606
7607     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7608     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7609
7610     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7611         return;
7612
7613     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7614
7615     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
7616     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
7617     // it doesn't look really good
7618
7619     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
7620
7621     if (penWidth > 0)
7622     {
7623         // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of
7624         // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the
7625         // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of
7626         // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then
7627         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
7628         rect.x += penWidth / 2;
7629         rect.y += penWidth / 2;
7630         rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
7631         rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
7632
7633         // Now draw the rectangle
7634         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
7635         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
7636         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground : m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxSOLID));
7637         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7638         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7639     }
7640
7641 #if 0
7642         // VZ: my experiments with 3D borders...
7643
7644         // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg?
7645         wxCoord x1 = rect.x,
7646                 y1 = rect.y,
7647                 x2 = rect.x + rect.width - 1,
7648                 y2 = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7649
7650         dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
7651         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1);
7652         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2);
7653
7654         dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1);
7655         dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2);
7656
7657         dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN);
7658         dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2);
7659         dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2 + 1);
7660 #endif
7661 }
7662
7663 wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen()
7664 {
7665     return wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID);
7666 }
7667
7668 wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row))
7669 {
7670     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7671 }
7672
7673 wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col))
7674 {
7675     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7676 }
7677
7678 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7679 {
7680     int row = coords.GetRow();
7681     int col = coords.GetCol();
7682     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7683         return;
7684
7685
7686     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7687
7688     // right hand border
7689     dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) );
7690     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7691                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7692
7693     // bottom border
7694     dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) );
7695     dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
7696                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7697 }
7698
7699 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7700 {
7701     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
7702     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
7703     //
7704     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7705          m_numRows && m_numCols )
7706     {
7707         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
7708     }
7709
7710     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
7711     {
7712         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
7713         return;
7714     }
7715
7716     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
7717     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
7718     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
7719     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
7720     {
7721         if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords )
7722         {
7723             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7724             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7725             attr->DecRef();
7726
7727             break;
7728         }
7729     }
7730 }
7731
7732 // TODO: remove this ???
7733 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
7734 // has been changed
7735 //
7736 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
7737 {
7738 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7739     return;
7740 #endif
7741
7742     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7743          return;
7744
7745     int top, bottom, left, right;
7746
7747 #if 0  //#ifndef __WXGTK__
7748     if (reg.IsEmpty())
7749     {
7750       int cw, ch;
7751       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7752
7753       // virtual coords of visible area
7754       //
7755       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7756       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7757     }
7758     else
7759     {
7760       wxCoord x, y, w, h;
7761       reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h);
7762       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top );
7763       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom );
7764     }
7765 #else
7766       int cw, ch;
7767       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7768       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7769       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7770 #endif
7771
7772     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
7773     //
7774     right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) );
7775     bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) );
7776
7777     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
7778     int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) );
7779     int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
7780     int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) );
7781     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
7782
7783     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
7784
7785     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7786     wxRect rect;
7787
7788     for (j=topRow; j<=bottomRow; j++)
7789     {
7790         int colPos;
7791         for (colPos=leftCol; colPos<=rightCol; colPos++)
7792         {
7793             i = GetColAt( colPos );
7794
7795             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7796             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7797             {
7798                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7799                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7800                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7801             }
7802             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7803             {
7804                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7805                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7806                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7807             }
7808         }
7809     }
7810
7811     dc.SetClippingRegion( clippedcells );
7812
7813
7814     // horizontal grid lines
7815     //
7816     // already declared above - int i;
7817     for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
7818     {
7819         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
7820
7821         if ( bot > bottom )
7822         {
7823             break;
7824         }
7825
7826         if ( bot >= top )
7827         {
7828             dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) );
7829             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
7830         }
7831     }
7832
7833     // vertical grid lines
7834     //
7835     int colPos;
7836     for ( colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
7837     {
7838         i = GetColAt( colPos );
7839
7840         int colRight = GetColRight(i);
7841 #ifdef __WXGTK__
7842         if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft)
7843 #endif
7844             colRight--;
7845
7846         if ( colRight > right )
7847         {
7848             break;
7849         }
7850
7851         if ( colRight >= left )
7852         {
7853             dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) );
7854             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
7855         }
7856     }
7857
7858     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7859 }
7860
7861 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows)
7862 {
7863     if ( !m_numRows )
7864         return;
7865
7866     size_t i;
7867     size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
7868
7869     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7870     {
7871         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
7872     }
7873 }
7874
7875 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
7876 {
7877     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
7878         return;
7879
7880     wxRect rect;
7881
7882     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
7883         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
7884
7885     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
7886     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom );
7887     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
7888     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
7889
7890     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7891     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
7892     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop );
7893
7894     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7895     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7896     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7897
7898     int hAlign, vAlign;
7899     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7900
7901     rect.SetX( 2 );
7902     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
7903     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
7904     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
7905     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
7906 }
7907
7908 void wxGrid::SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native )
7909 {
7910     m_nativeColumnLabels = native;
7911     if (native)
7912     {
7913         int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( this );
7914         SetColLabelSize( height );
7915     }
7916
7917     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
7918 }
7919
7920 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
7921 {
7922     if ( !m_numCols )
7923         return;
7924
7925     size_t i;
7926     size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
7927
7928     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7929     {
7930         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
7931     }
7932 }
7933
7934 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col )
7935 {
7936     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
7937         return;
7938
7939     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
7940
7941     wxRect rect;
7942
7943     if (m_nativeColumnLabels)
7944     {
7945         rect.SetX( colLeft);
7946         rect.SetY( 0 );
7947         rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col));
7948         rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight );
7949
7950         wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7951         wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->GetWindow(), dc, rect, 0 );
7952     }
7953     else
7954     {
7955         int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
7956
7957         dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
7958         dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7959         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 );
7960         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1,
7961                  colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7962
7963         dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7964         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7965         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
7966     }
7967
7968     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7969     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7970     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7971
7972     int hAlign, vAlign, orient;
7973     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7974     orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
7975
7976     rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 );
7977     rect.SetY( 2 );
7978     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 );
7979     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 );
7980     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient );
7981 }
7982
7983 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
7984                                 const wxString& value,
7985                                 const wxRect& rect,
7986                                 int horizAlign,
7987                                 int vertAlign,
7988                                 int textOrientation )
7989 {
7990     wxArrayString lines;
7991
7992     StringToLines( value, lines );
7993
7994     // Forward to new API.
7995     DrawTextRectangle( dc,
7996         lines,
7997         rect,
7998         horizAlign,
7999         vertAlign,
8000         textOrientation );
8001 }
8002
8003 // VZ: this should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which we just have to
8004 //     add textOrientation support
8005 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc,
8006                                const wxArrayString& lines,
8007                                const wxRect& rect,
8008                                int horizAlign,
8009                                int vertAlign,
8010                                int textOrientation)
8011 {
8012     if ( lines.empty() )
8013         return;
8014
8015     wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect);
8016
8017     long textWidth,
8018          textHeight;
8019
8020     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8021         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
8022     else
8023         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
8024
8025     int x = 0,
8026         y = 0;
8027     switch ( vertAlign )
8028     {
8029         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
8030             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8031                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
8032             else
8033                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
8034             break;
8035
8036         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8037             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8038                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
8039             else
8040                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
8041             break;
8042
8043         case wxALIGN_TOP:
8044         default:
8045             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8046                 y = rect.y + 1;
8047             else
8048                 x = rect.x + 1;
8049             break;
8050     }
8051
8052     // Align each line of a multi-line label
8053     size_t nLines = lines.GetCount();
8054     for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
8055     {
8056         const wxString& line = lines[l];
8057
8058         if ( line.empty() )
8059         {
8060             *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight();
8061             continue;
8062         }
8063
8064         wxCoord lineWidth = 0,
8065              lineHeight = 0;
8066         dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
8067
8068         switch ( horizAlign )
8069         {
8070             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
8071                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8072                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
8073                 else
8074                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
8075                 break;
8076
8077             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8078                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8079                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
8080                 else
8081                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
8082                 break;
8083
8084             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
8085             default:
8086                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8087                     x = rect.x + 1;
8088                 else
8089                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
8090                 break;
8091         }
8092
8093         if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8094         {
8095             dc.DrawText( line, x, y );
8096             y += lineHeight;
8097         }
8098         else
8099         {
8100             dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 );
8101             x += lineHeight;
8102         }
8103     }
8104 }
8105
8106 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
8107 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
8108 //
8109 // TODO: refactor wxTextFile::Read() and reuse the same code from here
8110 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const
8111 {
8112     int startPos = 0;
8113     int pos;
8114     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
8115     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
8116
8117     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8118     {
8119         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
8120         if ( pos < 0 )
8121         {
8122             break;
8123         }
8124         else if ( pos == 0 )
8125         {
8126             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
8127         }
8128         else
8129         {
8130             lines.Add( tVal.Mid(startPos, pos) );
8131         }
8132
8133         startPos += pos + 1;
8134     }
8135
8136     if ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8137     {
8138         lines.Add( tVal.Mid( startPos ) );
8139     }
8140 }
8141
8142 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
8143                              const wxArrayString& lines,
8144                              long *width, long *height ) const
8145 {
8146     wxCoord w = 0;
8147     wxCoord h = 0;
8148     wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
8149
8150     size_t i;
8151     for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
8152     {
8153         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
8154         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
8155         h += lineH;
8156     }
8157
8158     *width = w;
8159     *height = h;
8160 }
8161
8162 //
8163 // ------ Batch processing.
8164 //
8165 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
8166 {
8167     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
8168     {
8169         m_batchCount--;
8170         if ( !m_batchCount )
8171         {
8172             CalcDimensions();
8173             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8174             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8175             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8176             m_gridWin->Refresh();
8177         }
8178     }
8179 }
8180
8181 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
8182 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
8183 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
8184 //
8185 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
8186 {
8187     BeginBatch();
8188     EndBatch();
8189 }
8190
8191 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
8192 {
8193     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
8194         return false;
8195
8196     // redraw in the new state
8197     m_gridWin->Refresh();
8198
8199     return true;
8200 }
8201
8202 //
8203 // ------ Edit control functions
8204 //
8205
8206 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
8207 {
8208     // TODO: improve this ?
8209     //
8210     if ( edit != m_editable )
8211     {
8212         if (!edit)
8213             EnableCellEditControl(edit);
8214         m_editable = edit;
8215     }
8216 }
8217
8218 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
8219 {
8220     if (! m_editable)
8221         return;
8222
8223     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8224     {
8225         if ( enable )
8226         {
8227             if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0)
8228                 return;
8229
8230             // this should be checked by the caller!
8231             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
8232
8233             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
8234             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8235
8236             ShowCellEditControl();
8237         }
8238         else
8239         {
8240             //FIXME:add veto support
8241             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN );
8242
8243             HideCellEditControl();
8244             SaveEditControlValue();
8245
8246             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
8247             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8248         }
8249     }
8250 }
8251
8252 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
8253 {
8254     // const_cast
8255     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
8256     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
8257     attr->DecRef();
8258
8259     return readonly;
8260 }
8261
8262 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
8263 {
8264     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
8265         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
8266 }
8267
8268 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
8269 {
8270     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
8271     // current one if it's read only
8272     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
8273 }
8274
8275 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
8276 {
8277     bool isShown = false;
8278
8279     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8280     {
8281         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8282         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8283         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8284         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
8285         attr->DecRef();
8286
8287         if ( editor )
8288         {
8289             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
8290             {
8291                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
8292             }
8293
8294             editor->DecRef();
8295         }
8296     }
8297
8298     return isShown;
8299 }
8300
8301 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
8302 {
8303     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8304     {
8305         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
8306         {
8307             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
8308             return;
8309         }
8310         else
8311         {
8312             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
8313             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8314             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8315
8316             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
8317             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
8318             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8319             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
8320             {
8321                 row += cell_rows;
8322                 col += cell_cols;
8323                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
8324                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
8325             }
8326
8327             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
8328             // might not cover the entire cell
8329             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8330             PrepareDC( dc );
8331             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8332             dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
8333             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
8334             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
8335
8336             // convert to scrolled coords
8337             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8338
8339             int nXMove = 0;
8340             if (rect.x < 0)
8341                 nXMove = rect.x;
8342
8343             // cell is shifted by one pixel
8344             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
8345             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
8346             // "don't change."
8347             if (rect.x > 0)
8348                 rect.x--;
8349             if (rect.y > 0)
8350                 rect.y--;
8351
8352             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8353             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
8354             {
8355                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
8356                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
8357
8358                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
8359                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
8360                                              this,
8361                                              row,
8362                                              col,
8363                                              editor->GetControl());
8364                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
8365             }
8366
8367             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
8368             int maxWidth = rect.width;
8369             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
8370             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
8371             {
8372                 int y;
8373                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
8374                 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
8375                     maxWidth = rect.width;
8376             }
8377
8378             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
8379             if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
8380                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
8381
8382             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
8383             {
8384                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8385                 // may have changed earlier
8386                 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
8387                 {
8388                     int c_rows, c_cols;
8389                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
8390
8391                     // looks weird going over a multicell
8392                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
8393                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
8394                     {
8395                         rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
8396                     }
8397                     else
8398                         break;
8399                 }
8400
8401                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
8402                     rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
8403             }
8404
8405             editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
8406             editor->SetSize( rect );
8407             if (nXMove != 0)
8408                 editor->GetControl()->Move(
8409                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
8410                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
8411             editor->Show( true, attr );
8412
8413             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
8414             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
8415             CalcDimensions();
8416
8417             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
8418             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
8419
8420             editor->DecRef();
8421             attr->DecRef();
8422         }
8423     }
8424 }
8425
8426 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
8427 {
8428     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8429     {
8430         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8431         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8432
8433         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8434         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8435         editor->Show( false );
8436         editor->DecRef();
8437         attr->DecRef();
8438
8439         m_gridWin->SetFocus();
8440
8441         // refresh whole row to the right
8442         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
8443         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8444         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
8445
8446 #ifdef __WXMAC__
8447         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
8448         rect.Inflate(10, 10);
8449 #endif
8450
8451         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8452     }
8453 }
8454
8455 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
8456 {
8457     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8458     {
8459         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8460         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8461
8462         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
8463
8464         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8465         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8466         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
8467
8468         editor->DecRef();
8469         attr->DecRef();
8470
8471         if (changed)
8472         {
8473             if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,
8474                        m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8475                        m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 )
8476             {
8477                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
8478                 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
8479             }
8480         }
8481     }
8482 }
8483
8484 //
8485 // ------ Grid location functions
8486 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
8487 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
8488 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
8489 //
8490
8491 void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords ) const
8492 {
8493     int row = YToRow(y);
8494     int col = XToCol(x);
8495
8496     if ( row == -1 || col == -1 )
8497     {
8498         coords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8499     }
8500     else
8501     {
8502         coords.Set( row, col );
8503     }
8504 }
8505
8506 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
8507 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
8508 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
8509 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
8510
8511 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
8512                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
8513                            bool clipToMinMax)
8514 {
8515     if (coord < 0)
8516         return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1;
8517
8518     if (!defaultDist)
8519         defaultDist = 1;
8520
8521     size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist,
8522            i_min = 0;
8523
8524     if (BorderArray.IsEmpty())
8525     {
8526         if ((int) i_max < nMax)
8527             return i_max;
8528         return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1;
8529     }
8530
8531     if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8532     {
8533         i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8534     }
8535     else
8536     {
8537         if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8538         {
8539             i_min = i_max;
8540             if (minDist)
8541                 i_max = coord / minDist;
8542             else
8543                 i_max =  BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8544         }
8545
8546         if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8547             i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8548     }
8549
8550     if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8551         return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1;
8552     if ( coord < BorderArray[0] )
8553         return 0;
8554
8555     while ( i_max - i_min > 0 )
8556     {
8557         wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max],
8558                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol"));
8559         if (coord >=  BorderArray[ i_max - 1])
8560             return i_max;
8561         else
8562             i_max--;
8563         int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2;
8564         if (coord < BorderArray[median])
8565             i_max = median;
8566         else
8567             i_min = median;
8568     }
8569
8570     return i_max;
8571 }
8572
8573 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y ) const
8574 {
8575     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
8576                            m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false);
8577 }
8578
8579 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x, bool clipToMinMax ) const
8580 {
8581     if (x < 0)
8582         return clipToMinMax && (m_numCols > 0) ? GetColAt( 0 ) : -1;
8583
8584     wxASSERT_MSG(m_defaultColWidth > 0, wxT("Default column width can not be zero"));
8585
8586     int maxPos = x / m_defaultColWidth;
8587     int minPos = 0;
8588
8589     if (m_colRights.IsEmpty())
8590     {
8591         if(maxPos < m_numCols)
8592             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8593         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) : -1;
8594     }
8595
8596     if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8597         maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8598     else
8599     {
8600         if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8601         {
8602             minPos = maxPos;
8603             if (m_minAcceptableColWidth)
8604                 maxPos = x / m_minAcceptableColWidth;
8605             else
8606                 maxPos =  m_numCols - 1;
8607         }
8608         if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8609             maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8610     }
8611
8612     //X is beyond the last column
8613     if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8614         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( maxPos ) : -1;
8615
8616     //X is before the first column
8617     if ( x < m_colRights[GetColAt( 0 )] )
8618         return GetColAt( 0 );
8619
8620     //Perform a binary search
8621     while ( maxPos - minPos > 0 )
8622     {
8623         wxCHECK_MSG(m_colRights[GetColAt( minPos )] <= x && x < m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )],
8624                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in XToCol"));
8625
8626         if (x >=  m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos - 1 )])
8627             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8628         else
8629             maxPos--;
8630         int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2;
8631         if (x < m_colRights[GetColAt( median )])
8632             maxPos = median;
8633         else
8634             minPos = median;
8635     }
8636     return GetColAt( maxPos );
8637 }
8638
8639 // return the row number that that the y coord is near
8640 //  the edge of, or -1 if not near an edge.
8641 // coords can only possibly be near an edge if
8642 //    (a) the row/column is large enough to still allow for an "inner" area
8643 //        that is _not_ nead the edge (i.e., if the height/width is smaller
8644 //        than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, coords are _never_ considered to be
8645 //        near the edge).
8646 //   and
8647 //    (b) resizing rows/columns (the thing for which edge detection is
8648 //        relevant at all) is enabled.
8649 //
8650 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y ) const
8651 {
8652     int i;
8653     i = internalYToRow(y);
8654
8655     if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragRowSize() )
8656     {
8657         // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are
8658         // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively.
8659         if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8660             return i;
8661         else if ( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8662             return i - 1;
8663     }
8664
8665     return -1;
8666 }
8667
8668 // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or
8669 // -1 if not near an edge
8670 // See comment at YToEdgeOfRow for conditions on edge detection.
8671 //
8672 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x ) const
8673 {
8674     int i;
8675     i = internalXToCol(x);
8676
8677     if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragColSize() )
8678     {
8679         // We know that we are in column i; test whether we are
8680         // close enough to right or left border, respectively.
8681         if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8682             return i;
8683         else if ( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8684             return i - 1;
8685     }
8686
8687     return -1;
8688 }
8689
8690 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const
8691 {
8692     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
8693
8694     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8695          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8696     {
8697         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
8698         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
8699         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8700         // if negative then find multicell owner
8701         if (cell_rows < 0)
8702             row += cell_rows;
8703         if (cell_cols < 0)
8704              col += cell_cols;
8705         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8706
8707         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
8708         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
8709         for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
8710             rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
8711         for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
8712             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
8713     }
8714
8715     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
8716     if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
8717     {
8718         rect.width -= 1;
8719         rect.height -= 1;
8720     }
8721
8722     return rect;
8723 }
8724
8725 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const
8726 {
8727     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8728     //
8729     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8730
8731     // convert to device coords
8732     //
8733     int left, top, right, bottom;
8734     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8735     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8736
8737     // check against the client area of the grid window
8738     int cw, ch;
8739     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8740
8741     if ( wholeCellVisible )
8742     {
8743         // is the cell wholly visible ?
8744         return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
8745                  top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
8746     }
8747     else
8748     {
8749         // is the cell partly visible ?
8750         //
8751         return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
8752                  ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
8753     }
8754 }
8755
8756 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
8757 // of scrolling
8758 //
8759 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
8760 {
8761     int i;
8762     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
8763
8764     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8765          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8766     {
8767         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8768         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8769
8770         // convert to device coords
8771         int left, top, right, bottom;
8772         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8773         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8774
8775         int cw, ch;
8776         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8777
8778         if ( top < 0 )
8779         {
8780             ypos = r.GetTop();
8781         }
8782         else if ( bottom > ch )
8783         {
8784             int h = r.GetHeight();
8785             ypos = r.GetTop();
8786             for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
8787             {
8788                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
8789                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
8790                     break;
8791
8792                 h += rowHeight;
8793                 ypos -= rowHeight;
8794             }
8795
8796             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
8797             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do,
8798             // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
8799             //
8800             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough,
8801             // so just add a full scroll unit...
8802             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
8803         }
8804
8805         // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
8806         // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
8807         // left and right part of the cell on every step!
8808 //      if ( left < 0 )
8809         if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
8810         {
8811             xpos = r.GetLeft();
8812         }
8813         else if ( right > cw )
8814         {
8815             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
8816             int x0, y0;
8817             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
8818             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
8819
8820             // see comment for ypos above
8821             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
8822         }
8823
8824         if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
8825         {
8826             if ( xpos != -1 )
8827                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
8828             if ( ypos != -1 )
8829                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
8830             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
8831             AdjustScrollbars();
8832         }
8833     }
8834 }
8835
8836 //
8837 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
8838 //
8839
8840 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
8841 {
8842     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8843          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 )
8844     {
8845         if ( expandSelection )
8846         {
8847             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8848                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8849             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 )
8850             {
8851                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 );
8852                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8853                                  m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8854                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8855             }
8856         }
8857         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8858         {
8859             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1;
8860             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8861             ClearSelection();
8862             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8863             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8864         }
8865         else
8866             return false;
8867
8868         return true;
8869     }
8870
8871     return false;
8872 }
8873
8874 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
8875 {
8876     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8877          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows )
8878     {
8879         if ( expandSelection )
8880         {
8881             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8882                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8883             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8884             {
8885                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 );
8886                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8887                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8888                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8889             }
8890         }
8891         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8892         {
8893             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1;
8894             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8895             ClearSelection();
8896             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8897             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8898         }
8899         else
8900             return false;
8901
8902         return true;
8903     }
8904
8905     return false;
8906 }
8907
8908 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
8909 {
8910     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8911          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 )
8912     {
8913         if ( expandSelection )
8914         {
8915             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8916                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8917             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 )
8918             {
8919                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 );
8920                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8921                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8922                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8923             }
8924         }
8925         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) > 0 )
8926         {
8927             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8928             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) - 1 );
8929             ClearSelection();
8930
8931             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8932             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8933         }
8934         else
8935             return false;
8936
8937         return true;
8938     }
8939
8940     return false;
8941 }
8942
8943 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
8944 {
8945     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8946          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols )
8947     {
8948         if ( expandSelection )
8949         {
8950             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8951                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8952             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8953             {
8954                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 );
8955                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8956                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8957                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8958             }
8959         }
8960         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < m_numCols - 1 )
8961         {
8962             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8963             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) + 1 );
8964             ClearSelection();
8965
8966             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8967             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8968         }
8969         else
8970             return false;
8971
8972         return true;
8973     }
8974
8975     return false;
8976 }
8977
8978 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
8979 {
8980     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8981         return false;
8982
8983     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8984     if ( row > 0 )
8985     {
8986         int cw, ch;
8987         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8988
8989         int y = GetRowTop(row);
8990         int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 );
8991
8992         if ( newRow == row )
8993         {
8994             // row > 0, so newRow can never be less than 0 here.
8995             newRow = row - 1;
8996         }
8997
8998         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8999         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9000
9001         return true;
9002     }
9003
9004     return false;
9005 }
9006
9007 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
9008 {
9009     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9010         return false;
9011
9012     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9013     if ( (row + 1) < m_numRows )
9014     {
9015         int cw, ch;
9016         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9017
9018         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9019         int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch );
9020         if ( newRow == row )
9021         {
9022             // row < m_numRows, so newRow can't overflow here.
9023             newRow = row + 1;
9024         }
9025
9026         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9027         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9028
9029         return true;
9030     }
9031
9032     return false;
9033 }
9034
9035 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
9036 {
9037     if ( m_table &&
9038          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9039          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
9040     {
9041         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9042         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9043
9044         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9045         {
9046             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9047             // non-empty cells
9048             //
9049             while ( row > 0 )
9050             {
9051                 row--;
9052                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9053                     break;
9054             }
9055         }
9056         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row - 1, col) )
9057         {
9058             // starting at the top of a block: find the next block
9059             //
9060             row--;
9061             while ( row > 0 )
9062             {
9063                 row--;
9064                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9065                     break;
9066             }
9067         }
9068         else
9069         {
9070             // starting within a block: find the top of the block
9071             //
9072             while ( row > 0 )
9073             {
9074                 row--;
9075                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9076                 {
9077                     row++;
9078                     break;
9079                 }
9080             }
9081         }
9082
9083         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9084         if ( expandSelection )
9085         {
9086             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9087             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9088         }
9089         else
9090         {
9091             ClearSelection();
9092             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9093         }
9094
9095         return true;
9096     }
9097
9098     return false;
9099 }
9100
9101 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
9102 {
9103     if ( m_table &&
9104          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9105          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
9106     {
9107         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9108         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9109
9110         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9111         {
9112             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9113             // non-empty cells
9114             //
9115             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9116             {
9117                 row++;
9118                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9119                     break;
9120             }
9121         }
9122         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + 1, col) )
9123         {
9124             // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block
9125             //
9126             row++;
9127             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9128             {
9129                 row++;
9130                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9131                     break;
9132             }
9133         }
9134         else
9135         {
9136             // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block
9137             //
9138             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9139             {
9140                 row++;
9141                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9142                 {
9143                     row--;
9144                     break;
9145                 }
9146             }
9147         }
9148
9149         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9150         if ( expandSelection )
9151         {
9152             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9153             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9154         }
9155         else
9156         {
9157             ClearSelection();
9158             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9159         }
9160
9161         return true;
9162     }
9163
9164     return false;
9165 }
9166
9167 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
9168 {
9169     if ( m_table &&
9170          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9171          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
9172     {
9173         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9174         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9175
9176         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9177         {
9178             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9179             // non-empty cells
9180             //
9181             while ( col > 0 )
9182             {
9183                 col--;
9184                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9185                     break;
9186             }
9187         }
9188         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col - 1) )
9189         {
9190             // starting at the left of a block: find the next block
9191             //
9192             col--;
9193             while ( col > 0 )
9194             {
9195                 col--;
9196                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9197                     break;
9198             }
9199         }
9200         else
9201         {
9202             // starting within a block: find the left of the block
9203             //
9204             while ( col > 0 )
9205             {
9206                 col--;
9207                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9208                 {
9209                     col++;
9210                     break;
9211                 }
9212             }
9213         }
9214
9215         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9216         if ( expandSelection )
9217         {
9218             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9219             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9220         }
9221         else
9222         {
9223             ClearSelection();
9224             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9225         }
9226
9227         return true;
9228     }
9229
9230     return false;
9231 }
9232
9233 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
9234 {
9235     if ( m_table &&
9236          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9237          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
9238     {
9239         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9240         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9241
9242         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9243         {
9244             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9245             // non-empty cells
9246             //
9247             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9248             {
9249                 col++;
9250                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9251                     break;
9252             }
9253         }
9254         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col + 1) )
9255         {
9256             // starting at the right of a block: find the next block
9257             //
9258             col++;
9259             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9260             {
9261                 col++;
9262                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9263                     break;
9264             }
9265         }
9266         else
9267         {
9268             // starting within a block: find the right of the block
9269             //
9270             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9271             {
9272                 col++;
9273                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9274                 {
9275                     col--;
9276                     break;
9277                 }
9278             }
9279         }
9280
9281         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9282         if ( expandSelection )
9283         {
9284             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9285             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9286         }
9287         else
9288         {
9289             ClearSelection();
9290             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9291         }
9292
9293         return true;
9294     }
9295
9296     return false;
9297 }
9298
9299 //
9300 // ------ Label values and formatting
9301 //
9302
9303 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9304 {
9305     if ( horiz )
9306         *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
9307     if ( vert )
9308         *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
9309 }
9310
9311 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9312 {
9313     if ( horiz )
9314         *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
9315     if ( vert )
9316         *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
9317 }
9318
9319 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const
9320 {
9321     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
9322 }
9323
9324 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const
9325 {
9326     if ( m_table )
9327     {
9328         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
9329     }
9330     else
9331     {
9332         wxString s;
9333         s << row;
9334         return s;
9335     }
9336 }
9337
9338 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const
9339 {
9340     if ( m_table )
9341     {
9342         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
9343     }
9344     else
9345     {
9346         wxString s;
9347         s << col;
9348         return s;
9349     }
9350 }
9351
9352 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
9353 {
9354     wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9355
9356     if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9357     {
9358         width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW);
9359     }
9360
9361     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
9362     {
9363         if ( width == 0 )
9364         {
9365             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
9366             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9367         }
9368         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
9369         {
9370             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
9371             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
9372                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9373         }
9374
9375         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
9376         CalcWindowSizes();
9377         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9378     }
9379 }
9380
9381 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
9382 {
9383     wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9384
9385     if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9386     {
9387         height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN);
9388     }
9389
9390     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
9391     {
9392         if ( height == 0 )
9393         {
9394             m_colLabelWin->Show( false );
9395             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9396         }
9397         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
9398         {
9399             m_colLabelWin->Show( true );
9400             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
9401                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9402         }
9403
9404         m_colLabelHeight = height;
9405         CalcWindowSizes();
9406         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9407     }
9408 }
9409
9410 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
9411 {
9412     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
9413     {
9414         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
9415         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9416         m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9417         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9418
9419         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9420         {
9421             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9422             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9423             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
9424         }
9425     }
9426 }
9427
9428 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
9429 {
9430     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
9431     {
9432         m_labelTextColour = colour;
9433         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9434         {
9435             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9436             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9437         }
9438     }
9439 }
9440
9441 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
9442 {
9443     m_labelFont = font;
9444     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9445     {
9446         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9447         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9448     }
9449 }
9450
9451 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9452 {
9453     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9454     switch ( horiz )
9455     {
9456         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9457         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9458         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9459     }
9460
9461     switch ( vert )
9462     {
9463         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9464         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9465         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9466     }
9467
9468     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9469     {
9470         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9471     }
9472
9473     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9474     {
9475         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
9476     }
9477
9478     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9479     {
9480         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9481     }
9482 }
9483
9484 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9485 {
9486     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9487     switch ( horiz )
9488     {
9489         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9490         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9491         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9492     }
9493
9494     switch ( vert )
9495     {
9496         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9497         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9498         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9499     }
9500
9501     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9502     {
9503         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9504     }
9505
9506     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9507     {
9508         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
9509     }
9510
9511     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9512     {
9513         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9514     }
9515 }
9516
9517 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
9518 //       does not support vertical printing
9519 //
9520 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
9521 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
9522 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
9523 //
9524 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
9525 {
9526     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
9527         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
9528
9529     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9530         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9531 }
9532
9533 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
9534 {
9535     if ( m_table )
9536     {
9537         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
9538         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9539         {
9540             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
9541             if ( rect.height > 0 )
9542             {
9543                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9544                 rect.x = 0;
9545                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9546                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9547             }
9548         }
9549     }
9550 }
9551
9552 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
9553 {
9554     if ( m_table )
9555     {
9556         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
9557         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9558         {
9559             wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
9560             if ( rect.width > 0 )
9561             {
9562                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9563                 rect.y = 0;
9564                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9565                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9566             }
9567         }
9568     }
9569 }
9570
9571 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
9572 {
9573     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
9574     {
9575         m_gridLineColour = colour;
9576
9577         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9578         PrepareDC( dc );
9579         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9580     }
9581 }
9582
9583 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
9584 {
9585     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
9586     {
9587         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
9588
9589         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9590         PrepareDC( dc );
9591         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
9592         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
9593         attr->DecRef();
9594     }
9595 }
9596
9597 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
9598 {
9599     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
9600     {
9601         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
9602
9603         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9604         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9605         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9606         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9607         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9608             return;
9609
9610         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9611         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9612     }
9613 }
9614
9615 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
9616 {
9617     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
9618     {
9619         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
9620
9621         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9622         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9623         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9624         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9625         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9626             return;
9627
9628         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9629         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9630     }
9631 }
9632
9633 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
9634 {
9635     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
9636     {
9637         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
9638
9639         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9640         {
9641             if ( enable )
9642             {
9643                 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9644                 PrepareDC( dc );
9645                 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9646             }
9647             else
9648             {
9649                 m_gridWin->Refresh();
9650             }
9651         }
9652     }
9653 }
9654
9655 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const
9656 {
9657     return m_defaultRowHeight;
9658 }
9659
9660 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const
9661 {
9662     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
9663
9664     return GetRowHeight(row);
9665 }
9666
9667 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const
9668 {
9669     return m_defaultColWidth;
9670 }
9671
9672 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const
9673 {
9674     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
9675
9676     return GetColWidth(col);
9677 }
9678
9679 // ============================================================================
9680 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
9681 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
9682 // ============================================================================
9683
9684 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9685 // setting default attributes
9686 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9687
9688 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
9689 {
9690     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9691 #ifdef __WXGTK__
9692     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9693 #endif
9694 }
9695
9696 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
9697 {
9698     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
9699 }
9700
9701 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9702 {
9703     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9704 }
9705
9706 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
9707 {
9708     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
9709 }
9710
9711 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
9712 {
9713     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
9714 }
9715
9716 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
9717 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
9718 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
9719 // work correctly.
9720
9721 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9722 {
9723     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9724                      renderer,
9725                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
9726 }
9727
9728 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
9729 {
9730     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9731                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
9732                      editor);
9733 }
9734
9735 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9736 // access to the default attributes
9737 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9738
9739 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const
9740 {
9741     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
9742 }
9743
9744 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const
9745 {
9746     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
9747 }
9748
9749 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const
9750 {
9751     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
9752 }
9753
9754 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9755 {
9756     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9757 }
9758
9759 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const
9760 {
9761     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
9762 }
9763
9764 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
9765 {
9766     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
9767 }
9768
9769 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
9770 {
9771     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
9772 }
9773
9774 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9775 // access to cell attributes
9776 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9777
9778 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const
9779 {
9780     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9781     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
9782     attr->DecRef();
9783
9784     return colour;
9785 }
9786
9787 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const
9788 {
9789     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9790     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
9791     attr->DecRef();
9792
9793     return colour;
9794 }
9795
9796 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const
9797 {
9798     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9799     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
9800     attr->DecRef();
9801
9802     return font;
9803 }
9804
9805 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9806 {
9807     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9808     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9809     attr->DecRef();
9810 }
9811
9812 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const
9813 {
9814     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9815     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
9816     attr->DecRef();
9817
9818     return allow;
9819 }
9820
9821 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
9822 {
9823     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9824     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9825     attr->DecRef();
9826 }
9827
9828 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const
9829 {
9830     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9831     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9832     attr->DecRef();
9833
9834     return renderer;
9835 }
9836
9837 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const
9838 {
9839     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9840     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9841     attr->DecRef();
9842
9843     return editor;
9844 }
9845
9846 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9847 {
9848     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9849     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9850     attr->DecRef();
9851
9852     return isReadOnly;
9853 }
9854
9855 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9856 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9857 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9858
9859 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const
9860 {
9861     if ( !m_table )
9862     {
9863         return false;
9864     }
9865
9866     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9867 }
9868
9869 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9870 {
9871     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9872     {
9873         wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9874         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9875         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9876     }
9877 }
9878
9879 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9880 {
9881     if ( attr != NULL )
9882     {
9883         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9884
9885         self->ClearAttrCache();
9886         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9887         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9888         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9889         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9890     }
9891 }
9892
9893 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9894 {
9895     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9896     {
9897         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9898         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9899
9900 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9901         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
9902 #endif
9903
9904         return true;
9905     }
9906     else
9907     {
9908 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9909         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
9910 #endif
9911
9912         return false;
9913     }
9914 }
9915
9916 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9917 {
9918     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
9919     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
9920     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
9921     if ( row >= 0 )
9922     {
9923         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
9924         {
9925             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any)
9926                            : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9927             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
9928         }
9929     }
9930
9931     if (attr)
9932     {
9933         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9934     }
9935     else
9936     {
9937         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
9938         attr->IncRef();
9939     }
9940
9941     return attr;
9942 }
9943
9944 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9945 {
9946     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9947     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
9948
9949     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
9950     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
9951
9952     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
9953     if ( !attr )
9954     {
9955         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9956
9957         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
9958         attr->IncRef();
9959         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9960     }
9961
9962     return attr;
9963 }
9964
9965 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9966 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
9967 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9968
9969 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
9970 {
9971     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
9972 }
9973
9974 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
9975 {
9976     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
9977 }
9978
9979 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
9980 {
9981     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
9982     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
9983     {
9984         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
9985     }
9986
9987     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
9988 }
9989
9990 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
9991 {
9992     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
9993     if (!attr)
9994         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
9995     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
9996     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
9997
9998     SetColAttr(col, attr);
9999
10000 }
10001
10002 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10003 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
10004 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10005
10006 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10007 {
10008     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10009     {
10010         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
10011         ClearAttrCache();
10012     }
10013     else
10014     {
10015         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10016     }
10017 }
10018
10019 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10020 {
10021     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10022     {
10023         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
10024         ClearAttrCache();
10025     }
10026     else
10027     {
10028         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10029     }
10030 }
10031
10032 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10033 {
10034     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10035     {
10036         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
10037         ClearAttrCache();
10038     }
10039     else
10040     {
10041         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10042     }
10043 }
10044
10045 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10046 {
10047     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10048     {
10049         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10050         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
10051         attr->DecRef();
10052     }
10053 }
10054
10055 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10056 {
10057     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10058     {
10059         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10060         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
10061         attr->DecRef();
10062     }
10063 }
10064
10065 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
10066 {
10067     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10068     {
10069         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10070         attr->SetFont(font);
10071         attr->DecRef();
10072     }
10073 }
10074
10075 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
10076 {
10077     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10078     {
10079         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10080         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
10081         attr->DecRef();
10082     }
10083 }
10084
10085 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
10086 {
10087     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10088     {
10089         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10090         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
10091         attr->DecRef();
10092     }
10093 }
10094
10095 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
10096 {
10097     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10098     {
10099         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
10100
10101         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10102         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
10103         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
10104         attr->DecRef();
10105
10106         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
10107         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
10108         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
10109         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
10110         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
10111                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
10112         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
10113                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
10114
10115         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
10116         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_rows > 1))
10117         {
10118             int i, j;
10119             for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
10120             {
10121                 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
10122                 {
10123                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10124                     {
10125                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10126                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
10127                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10128                     }
10129                 }
10130             }
10131         }
10132
10133         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
10134         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
10135         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
10136         {
10137             int i, j;
10138             for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
10139             {
10140                 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
10141                 {
10142                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10143                     {
10144                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10145                         attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
10146                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10147                     }
10148                 }
10149             }
10150         }
10151     }
10152 }
10153
10154 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
10155 {
10156     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10157     {
10158         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10159         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10160         attr->DecRef();
10161     }
10162 }
10163
10164 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10165 {
10166     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10167     {
10168         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10169         attr->SetEditor(editor);
10170         attr->DecRef();
10171     }
10172 }
10173
10174 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
10175 {
10176     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10177     {
10178         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10179         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
10180         attr->DecRef();
10181     }
10182 }
10183
10184 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10185 // Data type registration
10186 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10187
10188 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
10189                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
10190                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10191 {
10192     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
10193 }
10194
10195
10196 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
10197 {
10198     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10199     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10200 }
10201
10202 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
10203 {
10204     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10205     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10206 }
10207
10208 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10209 {
10210     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10211     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10212     {
10213         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10214
10215         return NULL;
10216     }
10217
10218     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
10219 }
10220
10221 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10222 {
10223     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10224     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10225     {
10226         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10227
10228         return NULL;
10229     }
10230
10231     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
10232 }
10233
10234 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10235 // row/col size
10236 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10237
10238 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
10239 {
10240     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
10241 }
10242
10243 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
10244 {
10245     m_canDragColSize = enable;
10246 }
10247
10248 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
10249 {
10250     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
10251 }
10252
10253 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
10254 {
10255     m_canDragCell = enable;
10256 }
10257
10258 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
10259 {
10260     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
10261
10262     if ( resizeExistingRows )
10263     {
10264         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
10265         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
10266         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10267         // some speed optimisations)
10268         m_rowHeights.Empty();
10269         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
10270         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10271             CalcDimensions();
10272     }
10273 }
10274
10275 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
10276 {
10277     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
10278
10279     // See comment in SetColSize
10280     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10281         return;
10282
10283     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
10284     {
10285         // need to really create the array
10286         InitRowHeights();
10287     }
10288
10289     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
10290     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
10291
10292     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
10293     for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
10294     {
10295         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
10296     }
10297
10298     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10299         CalcDimensions();
10300 }
10301
10302 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
10303 {
10304     // we dont allow zero default column width
10305     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 );
10306
10307     if ( resizeExistingCols )
10308     {
10309         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
10310         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
10311         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10312         // some speed optimisations)
10313         m_colWidths.Empty();
10314         m_colRights.Empty();
10315         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10316             CalcDimensions();
10317     }
10318 }
10319
10320 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
10321 {
10322     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
10323
10324     // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
10325     //                                                                 (VZ)
10326     // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's
10327     // what he is doing. However we should test against the weaker
10328     // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering
10329     //
10330     // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734
10331
10332     if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
10333         return;
10334
10335     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
10336     {
10337         // need to really create the array
10338         InitColWidths();
10339     }
10340
10341     // if < 0 then calculate new width from label
10342     if ( width < 0 )
10343     {
10344         long w, h;
10345         wxArrayString lines;
10346         wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin);
10347         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10348         StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
10349         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10350         width = w + 6;
10351     }
10352
10353     int w = wxMax( 0, width );
10354     int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
10355     m_colWidths[col] = w;
10356
10357     for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
10358     {
10359         m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff;
10360     }
10361
10362     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10363         CalcDimensions();
10364 }
10365
10366 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
10367 {
10368     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
10369     {
10370         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10371         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
10372     }
10373 }
10374
10375 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
10376 {
10377     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10378     {
10379         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10380         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
10381     }
10382 }
10383
10384 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
10385 {
10386     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10387     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
10388
10389     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10390 }
10391
10392 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
10393 {
10394     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10395     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
10396
10397     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10398 }
10399
10400 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
10401 {
10402     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
10403     // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
10404     if ( width >= 0 )
10405         m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
10406 }
10407
10408 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
10409 {
10410     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
10411     // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
10412     if ( height >= 0 )
10413         m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
10414 }
10415
10416 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
10417 {
10418     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10419 }
10420
10421 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
10422 {
10423     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10424 }
10425
10426 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10427 // auto sizing
10428 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10429
10430 void
10431 wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction)
10432 {
10433     const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN;
10434
10435     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
10436
10437     // cancel editing of cell
10438     HideCellEditControl();
10439     SaveEditControlValue();
10440
10441     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one
10442     int row = -1,
10443         col = -1;
10444     if ( column )
10445         col = colOrRow;
10446     else
10447         row = colOrRow;
10448
10449     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
10450     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10451     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
10452     {
10453         if ( column )
10454             row = rowOrCol;
10455         else
10456             col = rowOrCol;
10457
10458         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
10459         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
10460         if ( renderer )
10461         {
10462             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
10463             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
10464             if ( extent > extentMax )
10465                 extentMax = extent;
10466
10467             renderer->DecRef();
10468         }
10469
10470         attr->DecRef();
10471     }
10472
10473     // now also compare with the column label extent
10474     wxCoord w, h;
10475     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
10476
10477     if ( column )
10478     {
10479         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
10480         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
10481             w = h;
10482     }
10483     else
10484         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
10485
10486     extent = column ? w : h;
10487     if ( extent > extentMax )
10488         extentMax = extent;
10489
10490     if ( !extentMax )
10491     {
10492         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10493         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10494         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
10495     }
10496     else
10497     {
10498         if ( column )
10499             // leave some space around text
10500             extentMax += 10;
10501         else
10502             extentMax += 6;
10503     }
10504
10505     if ( column )
10506     {
10507         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal width. See the
10508         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10509         // in SetColSize().
10510         if ( !setAsMin )
10511             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetColMinimalWidth(col));
10512
10513         SetColSize( col, extentMax );
10514         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10515         {
10516             int cw, ch, dummy;
10517             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10518             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
10519             rect.y = 0;
10520             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
10521             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
10522             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
10523             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10524         }
10525     }
10526     else
10527     {
10528         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal height. See the
10529         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10530         // in SetRowSize().
10531         if ( !setAsMin )
10532             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetRowMinimalHeight(row));
10533
10534         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
10535         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10536         {
10537             int cw, ch, dummy;
10538             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10539             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
10540             rect.x = 0;
10541             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10542             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10543             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
10544             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10545         }
10546     }
10547
10548     if ( setAsMin )
10549     {
10550         if ( column )
10551             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
10552         else
10553             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
10554     }
10555 }
10556
10557 wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction)
10558 {
10559     // calculate size for the rows or columns?
10560     const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW;
10561
10562     wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow()
10563                            : GetGridColLabelWindow());
10564     dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10565
10566     // which dimension should we take into account for calculations?
10567     //
10568     // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows
10569     // we also have to take into account the text orientation
10570     const bool
10571         useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL);
10572
10573     wxArrayString lines;
10574     wxCoord extentMax = 0;
10575
10576     const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10577     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ )
10578     {
10579         lines.Clear();
10580
10581         wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol)
10582                                   : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol);
10583         StringToLines(label, lines);
10584
10585         long w, h;
10586         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10587
10588         const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h;
10589         if ( extent > extentMax )
10590             extentMax = extent;
10591     }
10592
10593     if ( !extentMax )
10594     {
10595         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10596         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10597         extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize()
10598                              : GetDefaultColLabelSize();
10599     }
10600
10601     // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow)
10602     if ( calcRows )
10603         extentMax += 10;
10604     else
10605         extentMax += 6;
10606
10607     return extentMax;
10608 }
10609
10610 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10611 {
10612     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10613
10614     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10615     if(!calcOnly)
10616         locker.Create(this);
10617
10618     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10619     {
10620         if ( !calcOnly )
10621             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
10622
10623         width += GetColWidth(col);
10624     }
10625
10626     return width;
10627 }
10628
10629 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10630 {
10631     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
10632
10633     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10634     if(!calcOnly)
10635         locker.Create(this);
10636
10637     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10638     {
10639         if ( !calcOnly )
10640             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
10641
10642         height += GetRowHeight(row);
10643     }
10644
10645     return height;
10646 }
10647
10648 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
10649 {
10650     wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this);
10651
10652     // we need to round up the size of the scrollable area to a multiple of
10653     // scroll step to ensure that we don't get the scrollbars when we're sized
10654     // exactly to fit our contents
10655     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10656                 SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10657     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GetScrollLineX(),
10658                    GetScrollY(size.y) * GetScrollLineY());
10659
10660     // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having
10661     // extra white space
10662     wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x;
10663     if ( diff && m_numCols )
10664     {
10665         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10666         wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols;
10667         if ( diffPerCol )
10668         {
10669             for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10670             {
10671                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol);
10672             }
10673         }
10674
10675         // add remaining amount to the last columns
10676         diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols;
10677         if ( diff )
10678         {
10679             for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- )
10680             {
10681                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1);
10682             }
10683         }
10684     }
10685
10686     // same for rows
10687     diff = sizeFit.y - size.y;
10688     if ( diff && m_numRows )
10689     {
10690         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10691         wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows;
10692         if ( diffPerRow )
10693         {
10694             for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10695             {
10696                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow);
10697             }
10698         }
10699
10700         // add remaining amount to the last rows
10701         diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows;
10702         if ( diff )
10703         {
10704             for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- )
10705             {
10706                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1);
10707             }
10708         }
10709     }
10710
10711     // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to
10712     // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct
10713     // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars
10714     SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, true);
10715     SetClientSize(sizeFit.x + m_rowLabelWidth, sizeFit.y + m_colLabelHeight);
10716 }
10717
10718 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
10719 {
10720     wxArrayString lines;
10721     long w, h;
10722
10723     // Hide the edit control, so it
10724     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10725     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10726     {
10727         HideCellEditControl();
10728         SaveEditControlValue();
10729     }
10730
10731     // autosize row height depending on label text
10732     StringToLines( GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines );
10733     wxClientDC dc( m_rowLabelWin );
10734     GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10735     if ( h < m_defaultRowHeight )
10736         h = m_defaultRowHeight;
10737     SetRowSize(row, h);
10738     ForceRefresh();
10739 }
10740
10741 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
10742 {
10743     wxArrayString lines;
10744     long w, h;
10745
10746     // Hide the edit control, so it
10747     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10748     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10749     {
10750         HideCellEditControl();
10751         SaveEditControlValue();
10752     }
10753
10754     // autosize column width depending on label text
10755     StringToLines( GetColLabelValue( col ), lines );
10756     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
10757     if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
10758         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10759     else
10760         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
10761     if ( w < m_defaultColWidth )
10762         w = m_defaultColWidth;
10763     SetColSize(col, w);
10764     ForceRefresh();
10765 }
10766
10767 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
10768 {
10769     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
10770
10771     // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't
10772     // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them
10773     wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10774                 self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10775     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GetScrollLineX(),
10776                    GetScrollY(size.y) * GetScrollLineY());
10777
10778     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
10779     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
10780     // calculation.
10781     // CacheBestSize(size);
10782
10783     return wxSize(sizeFit.x + m_rowLabelWidth, sizeFit.y + m_colLabelHeight)
10784             + GetWindowBorderSize();
10785 }
10786
10787 void wxGrid::Fit()
10788 {
10789     AutoSize();
10790 }
10791
10792 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
10793 {
10794     return wxNullPen;
10795 }
10796
10797 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10798 // cell value accessor functions
10799 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10800
10801 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
10802 {
10803     if ( m_table )
10804     {
10805         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
10806         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10807         {
10808             int dummy;
10809             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
10810             rect.x = 0;
10811             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
10812             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10813             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
10814         }
10815
10816         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
10817              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
10818              IsCellEditControlShown())
10819              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
10820              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
10821              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
10822         {
10823             HideCellEditControl();
10824             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
10825         }
10826     }
10827 }
10828
10829 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10830 // block, row and column selection
10831 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10832
10833 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
10834 {
10835     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10836         ClearSelection();
10837
10838     if ( m_selection )
10839         m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected );
10840 }
10841
10842 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
10843 {
10844     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10845         ClearSelection();
10846
10847     if ( m_selection )
10848         m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected );
10849 }
10850
10851 void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
10852                           bool addToSelected )
10853 {
10854     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10855         ClearSelection();
10856
10857     if ( m_selection )
10858         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
10859                                   false, addToSelected );
10860 }
10861
10862 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10863 {
10864     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10865     {
10866         if ( m_selection )
10867             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
10868     }
10869 }
10870
10871 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10872 // cell, row and col deselection
10873 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10874
10875 void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row )
10876 {
10877     if ( !m_selection )
10878         return;
10879
10880     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
10881     {
10882         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) )
10883             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, 0);
10884     }
10885     else
10886     {
10887         int nCols = GetNumberCols();
10888         for ( int i = 0; i < nCols; i++ )
10889         {
10890             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) )
10891                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, i);
10892         }
10893     }
10894 }
10895
10896 void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col )
10897 {
10898     if ( !m_selection )
10899         return;
10900
10901     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
10902     {
10903         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) )
10904             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(0, col);
10905     }
10906     else
10907     {
10908         int nRows = GetNumberRows();
10909         for ( int i = 0; i < nRows; i++ )
10910         {
10911             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) )
10912                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col);
10913         }
10914     }
10915 }
10916
10917 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10918 {
10919     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10920         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
10921 }
10922
10923 bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const
10924 {
10925     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
10926              ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
10927                m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
10928 }
10929
10930 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
10931 {
10932     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
10933              ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() &&
10934                col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() &&
10935                row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() &&
10936                col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
10937 }
10938
10939 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
10940 {
10941     if (!m_selection)
10942     {
10943         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10944         return a;
10945     }
10946
10947     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
10948 }
10949
10950 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
10951 {
10952     if (!m_selection)
10953     {
10954         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10955         return a;
10956     }
10957
10958     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
10959 }
10960
10961 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
10962 {
10963     if (!m_selection)
10964     {
10965         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10966         return a;
10967     }
10968
10969     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
10970 }
10971
10972 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
10973 {
10974     if (!m_selection)
10975     {
10976         wxArrayInt a;
10977         return a;
10978     }
10979
10980     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
10981 }
10982
10983 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
10984 {
10985     if (!m_selection)
10986     {
10987         wxArrayInt a;
10988         return a;
10989     }
10990
10991     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
10992 }
10993
10994 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
10995 {
10996     m_selectingTopLeft =
10997     m_selectingBottomRight =
10998     m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
10999     if ( m_selection )
11000         m_selection->ClearSelection();
11001 }
11002
11003 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
11004 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
11005 //
11006 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords &topLeft,
11007                                   const wxGridCellCoords &bottomRight ) const
11008 {
11009     wxRect rect( wxGridNoCellRect );
11010     wxRect cellRect;
11011
11012     cellRect = CellToRect( topLeft );
11013     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11014     {
11015         rect = cellRect;
11016     }
11017     else
11018     {
11019         rect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
11020     }
11021
11022     cellRect = CellToRect( bottomRight );
11023     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11024     {
11025         rect += cellRect;
11026     }
11027     else
11028     {
11029         return wxGridNoCellRect;
11030     }
11031
11032     int i, j;
11033     int left = rect.GetLeft();
11034     int top = rect.GetTop();
11035     int right = rect.GetRight();
11036     int bottom = rect.GetBottom();
11037
11038     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
11039     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
11040     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
11041     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
11042
11043     if (left > right)
11044     {
11045         i = left;
11046         left = right;
11047         right = i;
11048         i = leftCol;
11049         leftCol = rightCol;
11050         rightCol = i;
11051     }
11052
11053     if (top > bottom)
11054     {
11055         i = top;
11056         top = bottom;
11057         bottom = i;
11058         i = topRow;
11059         topRow = bottomRow;
11060         bottomRow = i;
11061     }
11062
11063     for ( j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ )
11064     {
11065         for ( i = leftCol; i <= rightCol; i++ )
11066         {
11067             if ((j == topRow) || (j == bottomRow) || (i == leftCol) || (i == rightCol))
11068             {
11069                 cellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
11070
11071                 if (cellRect.x < left)
11072                     left = cellRect.x;
11073                 if (cellRect.y < top)
11074                     top = cellRect.y;
11075                 if (cellRect.x + cellRect.width > right)
11076                     right = cellRect.x + cellRect.width;
11077                 if (cellRect.y + cellRect.height > bottom)
11078                     bottom = cellRect.y + cellRect.height;
11079             }
11080             else
11081             {
11082                 i = rightCol; // jump over inner cells.
11083             }
11084         }
11085     }
11086
11087     // convert to scrolled coords
11088     //
11089     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
11090     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
11091
11092     int cw, ch;
11093     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
11094
11095     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
11096         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
11097
11098     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
11099     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
11100     rect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
11101     rect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
11102
11103     return rect;
11104 }
11105
11106 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11107 // grid event classes
11108 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11109
11110 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11111
11112 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11113                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
11114                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11115         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11116 {
11117     m_row = row;
11118     m_col = col;
11119     m_x = x;
11120     m_y = y;
11121     m_selecting = sel;
11122     m_control = control;
11123     m_shift = shift;
11124     m_alt = alt;
11125     m_meta = meta;
11126
11127     SetEventObject(obj);
11128 }
11129
11130
11131 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11132
11133 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11134                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
11135                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11136         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11137 {
11138     m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
11139     m_x = x;
11140     m_y = y;
11141     m_control = control;
11142     m_shift = shift;
11143     m_alt = alt;
11144     m_meta = meta;
11145
11146     SetEventObject(obj);
11147 }
11148
11149
11150 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11151
11152 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11153                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11154                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
11155                                                bool sel, bool control,
11156                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11157         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11158 {
11159     m_topLeft = topLeft;
11160     m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
11161     m_selecting = sel;
11162     m_control = control;
11163     m_shift = shift;
11164     m_alt = alt;
11165     m_meta = meta;
11166
11167     SetEventObject(obj);
11168 }
11169
11170
11171 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
11172
11173 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
11174                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
11175                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
11176     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
11177 {
11178     SetEventObject(obj);
11179     m_row = row;
11180     m_col = col;
11181     m_ctrl = ctrl;
11182 }
11183
11184 #endif // wxUSE_GRID